User manual

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsSoftwareSwitch 9.8(0.0)

Dell Networking Command-Line Reference

Guide for the Z9500 Switch

9.8(0.0)

Summary of content (1905 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the Z9500 Switch 9.8(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide................................................................................................. 45 Objectives............................................................................................................................................45 Audience..............................................................................................................................................46 Conventions...................................................................
PAGE 4
cam-acl............................................................................................................................................... 92 cam-acl (Configuration)..................................................................................................................... 94 cam-audit linecard..............................................................................................................................96 clear alarms.......................................................
PAGE 5
show debugging................................................................................................................................145 show environment............................................................................................................................ 146 show inventory.................................................................................................................................. 147 show login statistics...................................................
PAGE 6
dot1x server-timeout........................................................................................................................206 dot1x supplicant-timeout................................................................................................................. 207 dot1x tx-period................................................................................................................................. 208 show dot1x cos-mapping interface.............................................
PAGE 7
show cam-acl-vlan.....................................................................................................................268 show cam-usage........................................................................................................................ 270 show running config acl-vlan-group......................................................................................... 273 Common MAC ACL Commands....................................................................................
PAGE 8
set as-path................................................................................................................................... 319 set automatic-tag....................................................................................................................... 320 set comm-list delete................................................................................................................... 321 set community.......................................................................
PAGE 9
show bfd neighbors.......................................................................................................................... 356 vrrp bfd.............................................................................................................................................. 358 8 Border Gateway Protocol...............................................................................360 BGP IPv4 Commands......................................................................................
PAGE 10
debug ip bgp notifications..........................................................................................................399 debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration............................................................................................ 400 debug ip bgp updates................................................................................................................. 401 default-metric..............................................................................................
PAGE 11
redistribute...................................................................................................................................441 redistribute ospf.......................................................................................................................... 443 router bgp................................................................................................................................... 444 set extcommunity bandwidth.................................................
PAGE 12
show ip extcommunity-list.........................................................................................................502 show running-config extcommunity-list.................................................................................. 502 IPv6 BGP Commands....................................................................................................................... 503 address-family...................................................................................................
PAGE 13
default-metric............................................................................................................................. 533 description...................................................................................................................................534 distance bgp................................................................................................................................534 ipv6 prefix-list..............................................................
PAGE 14
show ip bgp paths extcommunity..............................................................................................566 show ip bgp regexp.................................................................................................................... 566 show ipv6 prefix-list....................................................................................................................567 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast................................................................................
PAGE 15
show mac protocol-queue-mapping..............................................................................................602 show protocol-queue-mapping......................................................................................................603 11 Data Center Bridging (DCB)......................................................................... 606 DCB Command................................................................................................................................
PAGE 16
dcb pfc-total-buffer-size................................................................................................................. 643 dcb pfc-queues................................................................................................................................ 644 dcb enable...................................................................................................................... 645 12 Debugging and Diagnostics................................................
PAGE 17
debug ip dhcp client packets..................................................................................................... 706 default-router..............................................................................................................................707 disable......................................................................................................................................... 708 dns-server...........................................................................
PAGE 18
ipv6 helper-address.....................................................................................................................735 show ip dhcp binding..................................................................................................................736 show ip dhcp snooping.............................................................................................................. 736 show ipv6 dhcp snooping...........................................................................
PAGE 19
show fip-snooping fcf.......................................................................................................................772 show fip-snooping sessions............................................................................................................. 773 show fip-snooping statistics.............................................................................................................774 show fip-snooping system...............................................................
PAGE 20
ip igmp ssm-map........................................................................................................................ 814 ip igmp static-group....................................................................................................................815 ip igmp version............................................................................................................................ 816 show ip igmp groups.....................................................................
PAGE 21
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode)......................................................................... 865 show interfaces...........................................................................................................................866 show interfaces configured........................................................................................................ 873 show interfaces dampening.............................................................................................
PAGE 22
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec)...............................................................915 crypto ipsec transform-set............................................................................................................... 915 crypto ipsec policy............................................................................................................................ 917 management crypto-policy..............................................................................................
PAGE 23
ipv4 unicast-host-route....................................................................................................................957 load-balance.....................................................................................................................................958 management route...........................................................................................................................960 show arp.....................................................................
PAGE 24
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit.......................................................................................1018 ipv6 flowlabel-zero......................................................................................................................... 1018 ipv6 host.......................................................................................................................................... 1019 ipv6 name-server.................................................................
PAGE 25
debug isis adj-packets.................................................................................................................... 1061 debug isis graceful-restart..............................................................................................................1062 debug isis local-updates................................................................................................................ 1063 debug isis snp-packets..............................................................
PAGE 26
metric-style..................................................................................................................................... 1102 multi-topology................................................................................................................................ 1103 net....................................................................................................................................................1104 passive-interface........................................
PAGE 27
show mac-address-table aging-time....................................................................................... 1151 show mac learning-limit........................................................................................................... 1152 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands.......................................................................................................1153 default vlan-id....................................................................................................
PAGE 28
LLDP-MED Commands...................................................................................................................1189 advertise med guest-voice....................................................................................................... 1190 advertise med guest-voice-signaling........................................................................................1191 advertise med location-identification............................................................................
PAGE 29
ip msdp sa-limit.............................................................................................................................. 1228 ip msdp shutdown.......................................................................................................................... 1229 ip multicast-msdp........................................................................................................................... 1229 show ip msdp..............................................................
PAGE 30
enable inverse-mask.................................................................................................................1269 fast-convergence......................................................................................................................1270 flood-2328................................................................................................................................. 1271 graceful-restart grace-period..............................................................
PAGE 31
show ip ospf neighbor...............................................................................................................1321 show ip ospf routes...................................................................................................................1322 show ip ospf statistics............................................................................................................... 1323 show ip ospf timers rate-limit..................................................................
PAGE 32
37 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)........................................................................1373 IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands............................................................................................... 1373 clear ip pim rp-mapping........................................................................................................... 1373 clear ip pim tib...........................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
ipv6 pim spt-threshold..............................................................................................................1412 show ipv6 pim bsr-router......................................................................................................... 1413 show ipv6 pim interface............................................................................................................1414 show ipv6 pim neighbor..................................................................................
PAGE 34
show vlan private-vlan.................................................................................................................... 1451 switchport mode private-vlan........................................................................................................1454 42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).................................................... 1456 description...........................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
match mac dot1p......................................................................................................................1496 match mac vlan.........................................................................................................................1497 policy-aggregate.......................................................................................................................1498 policy-map-input..............................................................................
PAGE 36
distribute-list in............................................................................................................................... 1539 distribute-list out............................................................................................................................ 1540 ip poison-reverse............................................................................................................................ 1541 ip rip receive version...........................................
PAGE 37
hello-time........................................................................................................................................1582 max-age.......................................................................................................................................... 1583 protocol spanning-tree rstp........................................................................................................... 1584 show config...........................................................
PAGE 38
timeout login response.............................................................................................................1625 username...................................................................................................................................1626 RADIUS Commands........................................................................................................................1628 debug radius................................................................................
PAGE 39
ip ssh rekey ............................................................................................................................... 1661 ip ssh rhostsfile..........................................................................................................................1662 ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config)............................................................................................1663 ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC)...........................................................
PAGE 40
show sflow linecard........................................................................................................................ 1703 50 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog............... 1705 SNMP Commands...........................................................................................................................1705 show snmp................................................................................................................................
PAGE 41
show logging auditlog.............................................................................................................. 1748 show logging driverlog............................................................................................................. 1748 show logging kernellog............................................................................................................ 1750 terminal monitor......................................................................................
PAGE 42
ntp multicast client......................................................................................................................... 1793 ntp master ..................................................................................................................... 1794 ntp server.........................................................................................................................................1795 ntp source............................................................
PAGE 43
vlan-stack trunk.............................................................................................................................. 1832 tagged port-channel...................................................................................................................... 1834 untagged port-channel.................................................................................................................. 1835 58 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)........................................
PAGE 44
unit-id.............................................................................................................................................. 1871 vlt domain........................................................................................................................................1872 vlt-peer-lag port-channel.............................................................................................................. 1873 60 VLT Proxy Gateway............................................
PAGE 45
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 46
Audience This book is intended for system administrators who are responsible for configuring or maintaining networks. This guide assumes that you are knowledgeable in Layer 2 and Layer 3 networking technologies. Conventions This book uses the following conventions to describe command syntax. Keyword Keywords are in Courier font and must be entered in the CLI as listed. parameter Parameters are in italics and require a number or word to be entered in the CLI.
PAGE 47
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
PAGE 48
User "admin" on line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) User "admin" on line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help.
PAGE 49
radius redirect-list route scp source-route options ssh tacacs telnet tftp trace-group trace-list Dell(conf)#ip Interface configuration for RADIUS Named redirect-list Establish static routes SCP configuration commands Process packets with source routing header SSH configuration commands Interface configuration for TACACS+ Specify telnet options TFTP configuration commands Named trace-list Named trace-list When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands
PAGE 50
Key Combination Action Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word. Esc D Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the word. Navigating the CLI Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name with the hostname command. • CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode.
PAGE 51
find grep searches for the first occurrence of a pattern displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
PAGE 52
1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2. Enter the command address-family 3. Enter the protocol type. • For IPv4, enter ipv4 multicast. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_bgp_af) for IPv4. CLASS-MAP Mode To create or configure a class map, use CLASS-MAP mode. For more information, refer to Policy-Based QoS Commands. To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the class-map command then enter the class map name.
PAGE 53
DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode. For more information, refer to Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP POOL mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to DHCP mode. 2. Enter the pool command then the pool name. The prompt changes to include (config-dhcp-poolname). You can return to DHCP mode by using the exit command. ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode.
PAGE 54
can access CONFIGURATION mode to configure interfaces, routes and protocols on the switch. While you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode, the # prompt is displayed. EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Mode To enable and configure a BGP extended community, use EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode. To enter EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip extcommunity-list command then a community list name. The prompt changes to include (conf-ext-community-list).
PAGE 55
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-ifnu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-ifpo-0)# Port-channel interface number Dell(conf-ifvl-0)# VLAN Interface then VLAN number (range 1–4094) Dell(conf-ifma-0/0)# Management Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iftu-0)# Tunnel interface then tunnel ID. Dell(conf-ifrange)# Designated interface range (used for bulk configuration).
PAGE 56
LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2. Enter the management-interface command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp-mgmtIf). LINE Mode To configure the console or virtual terminal parameters, use LINE mode. To enter LINE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 57
2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (confmstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. OPENFLOW INSTANCE Mode To enable and configure OpenFlow instances, use OPENFLOW INSTANCE mode. To enter OPENFLOW INSTANCE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the openflow of-instance command then the OpenFlow ID number of the instance you want to create or configure.
PAGE 58
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, refer to GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. RAPID SPANNING TREE (RSTP) Mode To enable and configure RSTP, use RSTP mode.
PAGE 59
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router isis command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_isis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode. For more information, refer to Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2). To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command.
PAGE 60
TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command. Include the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conf-trace-acl). You can exit this mode by using the exit command. VLT DOMAIN Mode To enable and configure the VLT domain protocol, use VLT DOMAIN mode. For more information, refer to Virtual Link Trunking (VLT). To enter VLT DOMAIN mode: 1.
PAGE 61
File Management 3 This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. boot system Specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored. Z9500 Syntax boot system {gateway ip address | {default | primary | secondary} {system {A: | B:} | tftp: | ftp:} To return to the default boot sequence, use the no boot system command.
PAGE 62
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload system.
PAGE 63
CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy run start command). restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults. Syntax Parameters restore factory-defaults stack-unit {stack—unit—number | all} {clear-all | bootvar | nvram} factorydefaults Return the system to its factory default mode.
PAGE 64
Usage Information Restoring factory defaults deletes the existing startup configuration and all persistent settings (stacking, fan-out, and so forth). When restoring all units in a stack, all the units in the stack are placed into standalone mode. When restoring a single unit in a stack, that unit placed in stand-alone mode. No other units in the stack are affected. When restoring units in stand-alone mode, the units remain in stand-alone mode after the restoration.
PAGE 65
* Proceed with caution ! * ************************************************************** Proceed with factory settings? Confirm [yes/no]:yes -- Restore status -Unit Nvram Config -----------------------0 Success Success 1 Success Success 2 Success Success 3 Not present 4 Not present 5 Not present Power-cycling the unit(s).
PAGE 66
* persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.) * * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately. * * Proceed with caution ! * ************************************************************** Proceed with factory settings? Confirm [yes/no]:yes -- Restore status -Unit Nvram Config -----------------------1 Success Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# show boot system Displays information about boot images currently stored on the system.
PAGE 67
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Z9500 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example File Management Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 68
Related Commands boot system — sets the location of Dell Networking OS image files. show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show file filesystem filesystem Enter one of the following: • For internal flash, enter flash: • For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 69
enable password 7 94849d8482d5c3 ! username test password 7 93e1e7e2ef ! enable restricted 7 948a9d848cd5c3 ! protocol spanning-tree 0 bridge-priority 8192 rapid-root-failover enable ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address shutdown Related Commands format flash — Erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory. show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified.
PAGE 70
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell# show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : ------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime Z-Series: ZC 9.2(1.
PAGE 71
show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show running-config [entity] [configured] [status] entity (OPTIONAL) To display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration, enter one of the following keywords: NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 72
hypervisor for the current hypervisor configuration igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 73
File Management qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirectlist for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current
PAGE 74
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 75
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 76
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show version Dell Force10 Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: 9.2(1.0B5) Copyright (c) 1999-2013 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 77
Example Lines Beginning With Description Chassis Type: Chassis type (for example, E1200, E600, E600i, E300, C300, C150, S25, S50, S55, S60, S4810) Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor Route Processor 1:... Route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor Route Processor 2:... Route processor 2 information and the amount of memory on that processor 128K bytes... Amount and type of memory on system 1 Route Processor...
PAGE 78
Parameters bootflashimage Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the GRUB bootloader image. bootselectorimage Enter the keyword bootselector-image to upgrade the BIOS system image. Use this option only with TAC supervision. system all Enter the keywords system all to upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image on all Z9500 CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line-card CPUs. booted Enter the keyword booted to upgrade Z9500 CPUs using the currently loaded operating system (OS) image.
PAGE 79
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. A system message displays with status information about the bootflash upgrade. RFC 3986 specifies that IPv6 host addresses in a uniform resource identifier (URI) must be enclosed in square brackets, [X:X:X:X::X]. For maximum flexibility this command accepts IPv6 host addresses with or without the square brackets. Reload the system after executing this command.
PAGE 80
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z-Series.
PAGE 81
Related Commands • upgrade fpga-image system fpga booted — upgrades the FPGA devices in all Z9500 CPUs. upgrade fpga-image system cpld booted Use this command to upgrade the CPLD devices in the Z9500 Route Processor and Control Processor CPUs using the currently running Dell Networking operating-system image (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the Z9500 release notes).
PAGE 82
* automatically rebooted to reload the upgraded components. * ************************************************************ Upgrade CPLD image for system [yes/no]: yes FPGA upgrade in progress!!! Please do NOT power off the unit !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Usage Information Do not restart the switch while an upgrade is progressing.
PAGE 83
----------------------------------------------------------------------CP FPGA 0x14 0x13 *************************************************************** ******** * Warning - Upgrading FPGA is inherently risky and should * * only be attempted when necessary. A failure at this upgrade may * * cause a board RMA.
PAGE 84
scp: file-url Enter the keyword scp: and specify the location of the image file in the format userid:password@host-ip/ filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. tftp: file-url Enter the keyword tftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format //host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. flash: file-url Enter the keyword flash: and specify the location of the image file in the format //directory-path or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 85
Example Dell# upgrade system tftp://10.11.8.12/dv-rainier-13 a: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 65. Received block num: 64 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!................................................... ....................................
PAGE 86
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. You can enter this command in the following ways: • verify md5 flash://img-file • verify md5 flash://img-file • verify sha256 flash://img-file • verify sha256 flash://img-file Without Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin SHA256 hash for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 87
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). NOTE: This command replaces the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the simple network management protocol (SNMP) management information base (MIB).
PAGE 88
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command.
PAGE 89
Version Description E-Series Original Command Usage Information After entering the banner exec command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When you connect to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays.
PAGE 90
character (%). Range: maximum of 50 lines, up to 255 characters per line Defaults No banner is configured and the CR is required when creating a banner. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 91
13d21h10m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Z9500 Syntax Parameters banner motd c line c c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%). line Enter a text string for your MOTD banner the message with your delineator.
PAGE 92
configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays. Related Commands banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. banner login — sets a banner to display after successful login to the system. cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 93
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number ipv4qos number l2qos number l2pt number ipmacacl number [vmanqos | vmandual-qos] number ecfmacl number {openflow {4| 8}} Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 94
When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10). If you enabled BMP 3.0, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the reload conditional nvram-cfg-change command.
PAGE 95
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number, ipv4qos number l2qos numberl2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number [nlbclusteracl number] [vman-qos | vman-dual-qos number] ipv4pbr numberopenflo w {4|8} | fcoe number Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The range for ipv4acl is from 1 to 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 96
Usage Information Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 4. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10.
PAGE 97
Usage Information Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 forwarding table. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. Z9500 Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 98
clear line Reset a terminal line. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. The range is from 0 to 11. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number to clear a terminal line. The range is from 0 to 9. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 99
Parameters rp Enter the keyword rp to clear the software trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose software trace log you want to clear. Defaults Clear the trace log files from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 100
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#configure Dell(conf)# debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics. Z9500 Syntax debug cpu-traffic-stats To disable the debugging, use the no debug cpu-traffic-stats command.
PAGE 101
Usage Information This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot). However, excessive traffic a CPU receives automatically triggers (turn on) the collection of CPU traffic statics. The following message is an indication that collection of CPU traffic is automatically turned on. To view the traffic statistics, use the show cputraffic-stats command. If the CPU receives excessive traffic, traffic is rate controlled.
PAGE 102
Version Description E-Series Original command. disable Return to EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters disable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 103
do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. none • • CONFIGURATION INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 104
Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. Z9500 Syntax Parameters enable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 105
at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15. NOTE: If you are authorized for the EXEC Privilege mode by your role, you do not need to enter an enable password. Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. enable optic-info-update interval Enable polling intervals of optical information updates for simple network management protocol (SNMP).
PAGE 106
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). Z9500 Syntax end Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP • ACCESS-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 107
exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Z9500 Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 108
exit Return to the lower command mode. Z9500 Syntax exit Command Modes • EXEC Privilege • CONFIGURATION • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST Command History • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 109
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Control and Monitoring Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 110
Related Commands ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ftp-server topdir directory directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory.
PAGE 111
Related Commands ftp-server enable — enables FTP server functions on the switch. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command.
PAGE 112
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 113
ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command. Parameters encryptiontype password (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 114
Related Commands ip ftp username — sets the user name for the FTP sessions. ip ftp source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 115
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests.
PAGE 116
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip http source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for HTTP connections.
PAGE 117
Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094) 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch.
PAGE 118
Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the secure shell (SSH) server on the system. ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. Z9500 Syntax ip telnet source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command.
PAGE 119
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command telnet — telnets to another device. ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic.
PAGE 120
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
PAGE 121
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 122
clear-line enable Enables you to clear your existing sessions. Defaults Not configured. You can use all the available sessions. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 123
When you try to create more than the permitted number of sessions, the following message appears, prompting you to close one of your existing sessions. Close any of your existing sessions to log in to the system. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Maximum concurrent sessions for the user reached. Current sessions for user admin: Line Location 2 vty 0 10.14.1.97 3 vty 1 10.14.1.97 4 vty 2 10.14.1.97 5 vty 3 10.14.1.
PAGE 124
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000ON, and Z9500. Only the system and security administrators can configure login activity tracking and view the login activity details of other users. If you enable user login statistics, the system displays the last successful login details of the current user and the details of any failed login attempts by others.
PAGE 125
Related Commands login concurrent-session — Configures the limit of concurrent sessions for all users on console and virtual terminal lines. show login statistics — Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server.
PAGE 126
The kernel core dump is copied to the Control Processor (CP) core-dump directory: flash://CORE_DUMP_DIR/f10_cpu_timestamp.kcore.gz Where cpu specifies a Z9500 CPU and is one of the following values: cp (Control Processor), cp (Route Processor), lp0 (line-card processor 0), lp1 (line-card processor 1), or lp2 (line-card processor 2); timestamp is a text string in the format: yyyyddmmhhmmss (YearDayMonthHourMinuteSecond).
PAGE 127
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. count Enter the number of echo packets to be sent. The default is 5.
PAGE 128
outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-minsize Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes. sweep-maxsize Enter the maximum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes. sweep-interval Enter the incremental value for sweep size.
PAGE 129
Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series.
PAGE 130
Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# reload Reboot the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true. A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload. To reload the switch, select nvram-cfg-change. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 131
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Z9500 Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 132
service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date. Z9500 Syntax service timestamps [debug | log] [datetime [localtime] [msec] [show-timezone] | uptime] To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command. Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6.
PAGE 133
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration. To view the current options set for the service timestamps command, use the show running-config command. show alarms View alarms for the system Core, switching core, port modules, fan trays, and power supplies.
PAGE 134
Examples Dell#show alarms -- Minor Alarms -Alarm Type Duration -------------------------------------------------------------------------No minor alarms -- Major Alarms -Alarm Type Duration -------------------------------------------------------------------------PEM 0 in unit 0 down 25 sec PEM 2 in unit 0 down 6 sec Dell#show alarms threshold -- System Core --- Temperature Limits (deg C) --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Minor Off Major Major Off Shutdown S0 50
PAGE 135
S9 S10 93 93 86 86 100 100 95 95 105 105 show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on Z9500 line cards. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show asf linecard slot-id linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 136
Unicast:500, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Received 37% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 Total packets: 300 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:300, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:300, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Processor : RP2 --------------No CPU traffic statistics. Dell# Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp.
PAGE 137
Example Control and Monitoring Dell#show command-history [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption]by default from console [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption hostname Force10]by default from console - Repeated 3 times.
PAGE 138
show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each command and its options. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show command-tree [count | no] count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command. no Display all of the commands that may be preceded by the keyword no, which is the keyword used to remove a command from the running-configuration.
PAGE 139
Global configuration mode: aaa authentication enable command usage:1 WORD option usage: 1 default option usage: 0 enable option usage: 0 line option usage: 0 none option usage: 0 radius option usage: 1 tacacs+ option usage: 0 show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card, Route Processor or Control Processor CPU, including background resets, calls, and initialization, on the console.
PAGE 140
Usage Information CAUTION: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so. show cpu-traffic-stats View CPU traffic statistics. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id] cp Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 141
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces.
PAGE 142
Defaults Display interface statistics from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 143
rxPkt(COS2) rxPkt(COS3) rxPkt(COS4) rxPkt(COS5) rxPkt(COS6) rxPkt(COS7) rxPkt(UNIT0) rxPkt(UNIT1) rxPkt(UNIT2) rxPkt(UNIT3) transmitted txRequested noTxDesc txError txReqTooLarge :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1) :0 txPkt(COS2) :0 txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(COS4) :0 txPkt(COS5) :0 txPkt(COS6) :0 txPkt(COS7) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 txPkt(UNIT1) :0 txPkt(UNIT2) :0 txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : N/A Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets :
PAGE 144
0.24 0.25 0xb93bd000 0.00 0.00 0xb93d1000 0.00 0.00 0xb9470000 7.09 6.28 0xb94c8000 37.86 43.13 0xb9560000 0.95 1.69 0xb99e0000 0.00 0.02 0xb957f000 4.50 4.16 0xb9594000 0.00 0.00 0xb95a8000 3.80 6.
PAGE 145
Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Z9500 Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Control and Monitoring Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 146
show environment View system component status (for example, temperature or power). Z9500 Syntax Parameters Default Command Modes Command History show environment [fan | pem | thermal-sensors | all] fan Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the fan units. pem Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the power supplies and power usage.
PAGE 147
Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) Power Usage (W) -------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down AC up 1376 0.0 0 1 up AC up 18848 666.0 0 2 down AC up 1312 0.0 0 3 up AC up 18880 643.
PAGE 148
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.
PAGE 149
2 12 2 16 7503825D0169 2 20 2 24 APF12380010GM4 2 28 2 32 2 36 2 40 7503825H006J 2 44 Related Commands • QSFP Yes QSFP QSFP Yes Media not present or accessible 40GBASE-SR4 Media not present 40GBASE-CR4-1M Yes Media not present Media not present Media not present 40GBASE-SR4 or accessible or accessible or accessible or accessible Media not present or accessible show interfaces — displays the interface configuration.
PAGE 150
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000ON, and Z9500.
PAGE 151
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------User: secadm Last login time: Mon Feb 16 04:45:29 2015 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.14.1.97 ) Unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login: 0 Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 7 day(s): 0 ----------------------------------------------------------------The following is sample output of the show login statistics user user-id command.
PAGE 152
show memory View current memory usage on the system. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Defaults Command History Usage Information show memory [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id | all}] cp Enter the keyword cp to display memory usage on the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to display memory usage on the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to display memory usage. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 153
3203928064 6953130 3196974934 3196974934 Statistics On RP Processor =========================== Total(b) Used(b) Free(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 17806442 3186121622 3186121622 Dell#show memory cp Total(b) Used(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 6953130 3196974934 Dell#show memory rp Total(b) Used(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 17174702 3186753362 Dell#show memory lp 2 Total(b) Used(b) Largest(b) 3203928064 8555410 3195372654FTOS# Free(b) 3196941986 Lowest(b) 3186088674 Lowest(b) 3196974934 3196974934 Free(b) Lowest(b
PAGE 154
linecard slot-id [0–2] Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view CPU usage. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to display CPU usage for all line cards. The optional line card 0-2 parameter displays tasks in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five seconds. Command Modes Defaults Command History all Enter the keyword all to display usage information for all Z9500 CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards.
PAGE 155
0x0000001a 150 15 0 mount_mfs ---------- More ---------- 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Dell#show processes cpu lp 2 details CPU utilization for five seconds: 10%/0%; one minute: 10%; five minutes: 10% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x00000000 976300 97630 10000 10.47% 10.14% 10.14% 0 system 0x0000012e 53570 5357 10000 0.00% 0.46% 0.45% 0 sysdlp 0x0000012e 1260 126 10000 0.00% 0.02% 0.01% 0 diagagt 0x0000012e 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 debugagt 0x0000012e 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 156
0 tLogTask 0x0000012e 9060 906 0 tUsrRoot ---------- More ---------Example: show processes cpu rp Example: show processes cpu summary 10000 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% Dell#show processes cpu rp CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 496 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 392 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 160 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 126 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 154 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 118 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 434 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 429 100 10 10000 0.00% 0.
PAGE 157
Defaults Command Modes Command History send-stats Enter the keyword send-stats to display information on IPC sender-side messages. cp Enter the keyword cp to view IPC message statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to view IPC message statistics on the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view IPC message statistics. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 158
RTT(ms) - Avg. Round Trip time for guaranteed IPC packets in millisecs NonG-S - No of non-guaranteed IPC pkts succesfully sent.
PAGE 159
Source-> Destination SeqNo M-SkSize NonG-Rcvd Pri-Dr SkFull-Dr TME: 0 -> TME: 5 0 129024 1 0 0 TME: 5 -> LCMGR: 2 0 129024 1 0 0 IPC: 0 -> IPC: 5 0 129024 1084 0 0 IPC: 5 -> TME: 5 58307 129024 0 0 0 CLI: 0 -> SYSADMTSK: 5 0 129024 11 0 0 CHMGR: 0 -> LCMGR: 2 53689 129024 4 0 0 LCMGR: 2 -> TME: 5 3906 129024 1 0 0 LCMGR: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 0 129024 1 0 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 -> TME: 5 0 129024 1 0 0 DIAGMGR: 0 -> DIAGAGT: 5 0 129024 1 0 0 DIAGAGT: 5 -> TME: 5 7899 129024 0 0 0 DIAGAGT: 5 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 5
PAGE 160
ACL_AGENT: 2 -> TME: 129024 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> DSAGT: 0 129024 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> FRRPAGT: 0 163840 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 129024 0 0 IFAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 0 129024 1 0 RTM: 0 -> FIBAGT: 1 131072 5 0 RTM: 0 -> FIB6: 0 131072 3 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 129024 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 0 129024 1 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TNLAGT: 0 129024 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 2 184320 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> DSAGT: 0 129024 10 0 ARPMGR: 0 -> FIBAGT: 0 129024 1 0 MACMGR: 0 -> MACAGENT: 0 129024 7 0 DSAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 129024
PAGE 161
Defaults Command Modes Command History Display SWPQ statistics on all Z9500 CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards). • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 162
• • Example After retrying a defined number of times, the SWP-2-NOMORETIMEOUT timeout message is generated. A retry (Retries) value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement.
PAGE 163
0 0 0 0 0 33 IFMGR0 23 PORTMIRR0 0 IFMGR0 0 IFMGR0 1 33 60 LACP0 23 60 ACL_AGENT2 0 50 IGMP0 0 50 IFAGT2 1 60 60 60 50 50 60 0 23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 show processes memory View information about memory usage for processes running in the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Defaults Command History Control and Monitoring show processes memory [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id | all | summary}] cp Enter the keyword cp to view memory usage for the Control Processor.
PAGE 164
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 165
464 ipSecMgr 367528 0 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 0 419 sysd 329480 6288190 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory cp 274432 367528 286720 0 12083
PAGE 166
631 login 0 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 0 443 ssMgr 0 0 434 ipm 330360 0 419 sysd 329480 6288190 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory lp all 0 4816
PAGE 167
LP2 8456566 Example: show processes memory lp all 3195471498 3203928064 384765952 Dell#show processes memory lp all Memory Statistics Of Linecard Processor On Slot 2 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 3203928064, MaxUsed: 386670592, CurrentUsed: 386670592, CurrentFree: 2817257472 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding f10appioserv 163840 147456 sysdlp 16543744 31641600 sysmon 24576 704512 flashmntr 36864 839680 inetd 45056 995328 sh 2301952 8028
PAGE 168
1654292 367522 ofagt tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 334400 Example: show processes memory rp 1654292 367522 367522 165180 165180 334400 334400 0 0 Dell#show processes memory rp Total : 06:16:47] CurrentUsed: SharedUsed : 3203928064, MaxUsed : 376844288, CurrentFree: 7993952, SharedFree : PID Process Allocs Frees 496 ofmgr 896104 0 392 ndpm 301468 0 160 vrrp 330360 0 126 frrp 301362 0 154 xstp 466654 0 118 pim 3109852 0 434 igmp 925008 0 429 ipm1 396432 0 170 mrtm 1127350 0 294 l2mgr 1226308 32948 98 l2pm 11
PAGE 169
122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 0 802816 708608 13467648 0 56033280 0 0 0 0 0 2301952 2297856 2310144 2310144 show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | linecard slot-id | trace-flags} clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients.
PAGE 170
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 171
ppStatus[0] = 0x00000001 0x00000001 ppStatus[1] = Dell# show software ifm linecard 0 | save flash:// sh_sf_ifm_linecard0 Start saving show command report ....... show system Display operational information on all ports or a specified line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show system [brief | linecard slot-id] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of system information. linecard slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard and a slot number to identify the switch ports.
PAGE 172
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 173
Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. rp Enter the keyword rp to collect information about the Route Processor for tech support. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 174
[9/3 5:18:33] TME-(tme):f10TaskCreate: spawned PM svc(34) inst(5) p_cpid(11) [9/3 5:18:33] TME-(PM):f10TaskStartup: svc(34) inst(5) parentSvc(13) parentInst(5) taskIdx(4372): tskSvc(34) tskInst(5) p_cpid(11) p_procId(302) p_pstate(0x2000d) [9/3 5:18:33] TME-(tme):f10TaskCreate: spawned timerMgr svc(45) inst(5) p_cpid(12) [9/3 5:18:33] TME-(timerMgr):f10TaskStartup: svc(45) inst(5) parentSvc(13) parentInst(5) taskIdx(5780): tskSvc(45) tskInst(5) p_cpid(12) p_procId(302) p_pstate(0x2000d) [9/3 5:18:33] TME-(t
PAGE 175
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 176
Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: 9-3(0-507) Copyright (c) 1999-2013 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Tue Sep 17 15:03:49 PDT 2013 Build Path: /sites/sjc/work/build/buildSpaces/build16/RAINIERDEV-9-3-0/SW/SRC FTOS uptime is 2 hour(s), 26 minute(s) System image file is "rainier-1-sys" System Type: Z9500 Control Processor: Intel Centerton with 3203928064 bytes of memory. 16G bytes of boot flash memory.
PAGE 177
0 1 2 ok ok ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.
PAGE 178
367522 tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 466192 bfdaTaskMai 202348 Dell(conf)# Related Commands 367522 165180 466192 202348 165180 0 466192 0 202348 0 • show version — displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show system — displays the current switch status. • show environment — displays the system component status. • show util-threshold cpu Display the utilization thresholds of Z9500 CPUs.
PAGE 179
Related Commands util-threshold cpu – Configure CPU utilization thresholds. util-threshold mem – Configure memory utilization thresholds. show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of Z9500 CPUs. Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC PRIVILEGE Command History Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 180
system location-led Toggle the location LED of the chassis and (optionally) the location LED of a specified Z9500 port on or off. Syntax Parameters system location-led [interface {fortyGigE | tengigabitethernet} slot/port] {on | off} interface {fortyGigE | tengigabitether net} Specify the port type: 40-Gigabit Ethernet or 10-Gigabit Ethernet. slot / port Enter the slot and port number. The range of Z9500 slot numbers is 0 to 2.
PAGE 181
ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. vrf instance (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name. sourceinterface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface.
PAGE 182
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. Z9500 Syntax Parameters terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512.
PAGE 183
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. Z9500 Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. vrf instance (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
PAGE 184
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 185
Dell# Related Commands 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms ping — tests the connectivity to a device. undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. Z9500 Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 186
Parameters rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload. cmd-history Enter the keyword cmd-history to upload the command history from the specified CPU. hw-trace Enter the keyword hw-trace to upload the hardware trace log from the specified CPU. sw-trace Enter the keyword sw-trace to upload the software trace log from the specified CPU.
PAGE 187
Defaults Command Modes Command History Example linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to configure the CPU utilization time. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. all Enter the keyword all to configure the CPU utilization time on all Z9500 CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. {{high | low} cpu-utilizationthresholdpercentage} Enter a percentage value to configure the high or low threshold level for the time in which a Z9500 CPU can be used.
PAGE 188
show util-threshold memory – Display the configured values of memory utilization thresholds. util-threshold memory Configure the high or low memory utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. Syntax Parameters util—threshold memory {cp |rp | linecard slot–id | all} {[high {0-100}] [low {0-100}]} cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the memory utilization threshold for the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to configure the memory utilization threshold for the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 189
Example Dell(conf)# util-threshold memory cp high 75 low 67 Usage Information When the total memory utilization for a CPU exceeds the configured high/low threshold for a given time, a threshold notification is sent as a SNMP trap. If a low threshold value is not specified, the low threshold value is set to the same value as the high threshold value. To return the memory thresholds to the default values, enter the no utilthreshold mem cp | rp | linecard slot—id | all command.
PAGE 190
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each. Each time this command is issued, it replaces the previously configured address of the same family, IPv4 or IPv6.
PAGE 191
Usage Information Control and Monitoring Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration.
PAGE 192
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 193
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 194
To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 195
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 196
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). • Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command).
PAGE 197
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 198
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Z9500 Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 199
Related Commands • dot1x auth-fail-vlan • dot1x reauthentication • dot1x reauth-max • show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. Defaults single-host Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 200
• Related Commands Multi-supplicant mode authenticates every device attempting to connect to the network on the authenticator port. show dot1x interface dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Z9500 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-authbypass command.
PAGE 201
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 202
Parameters number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-Auth mode. The range is from 1 to 128. The default is 128. Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 203
Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 204
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command.
PAGE 205
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Z9500 Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 206
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 207
Dell(conf)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-te-2/23)#dot1x server-timeout 40 dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30.
PAGE 208
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Z9500 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 209
Parameters interface mac-address Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 210
Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1 Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 211
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added the mac-address option on the C-Series and SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.
PAGE 212
Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) 400 Authenticated Idle Dell# show dot1x interface tengigabitethernet 1/32 mac-address
PAGE 213
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 100 Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH
PAGE 214
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 215
Parameters remarknumber Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 216
Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 217
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists.
PAGE 218
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id] command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
PAGE 219
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs, C-Series or S-Series Loopback interfaces.
PAGE 220
show ip access-lists Display all of the IP ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. Syntax Parameters show ip access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] [vrf vrf-name] access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 221
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. Syntax Parameters show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface [vrf vrf-name] access-listname Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 222
Usage Information Example show ip accounting access-lists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 223
Parameters Defaults source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address.
PAGE 224
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 225
permit — configures a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Z9500 Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name. Defaults All IP access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 226
Usage Information The system supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the Z9500, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide. Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list.
PAGE 227
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
PAGE 228
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide.
PAGE 229
Step-toIncrement Defaults Enter the step to increment the sequence number. For IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs, the range is 0 to 4294967290; for MAC ACLs, the range is 0 to 65535. The sequence number of ACL entries increases in multiples of 5; for example, seq 5, seq 10, seq 15 ... Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 230
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History prefix-listname Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 231
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
PAGE 232
interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 233
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets.
PAGE 234
ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 235
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 236
ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax deny icmp {source–ip—address mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [log] [dscp] [[count [bytes]] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 236 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 237
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 238
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name administrativelyprohibited Administratively prohibited alternate-address Alternate host address conversion-error Datagram conversion error dod-hostprohibited Host prohibited dod-netprohibited Net prohibited echo Echo echo-reply Echo reply generalparameterproblem Parameter problem host-isolated Host isolated host-precedenceunreachable Host unreachable for precedence host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for
PAGE 239
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name no-room-foroption Parameter required but no room option-missing Parameter required but not present packet-too-big Fragmentation needed and DF set parameterproblem All parameter problems port-unreachable Port unreachable precedenceunreachable Precedence cutoff protocolunreachable Protocol unreachable reassemblytimeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements router-solicitation Router
PAGE 240
[fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.
PAGE 241
• 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
PAGE 242
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
PAGE 243
3 4 5 6 7 8 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 2048 1024 512 256 64 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM.
PAGE 244
operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 245
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
PAGE 246
8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 247
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 248
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter.
PAGE 249
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 250
permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. Z9500 Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters 250 Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 251
threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 252
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 253
dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: port port • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 254
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 255
Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 256
Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value.
PAGE 257
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 258
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 259
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} prefix-listname Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 260
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. Z9500 Syntax Parameters 260 seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
PAGE 261
• port port range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 262
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 263
• If sequence-number is not configured, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order. • If sequence-number is configured, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
PAGE 264
Term heading Description heading Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. Usage Information You can configure up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at a time on the switch. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter ACL VLAN Group configuration mode.
PAGE 265
vlanaclopt <0-2> Allocate a number of FP blocks of CAM for CAM optimization of ACL VLAN operation. Default To reset the number FP blocks allocated for ACL VLAN processes, enter the default keyword with the cam-acl-vlan command. By default, 0 FP blocks are allocated for ACL VLAN operations on the switch. Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000.
PAGE 266
ip access-group (ACL VLAN Group) Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters ip access-group access-list-name out implicit-permit access-listname Enter the name of the egress IP ACL to be applied to member interfaces of the VLAN group (140 characters maximum). out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
PAGE 267
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000. At a maximum, there can be only 32 VLAN members in all ACL VLAN groups. A VLAN can belong to only one ACL VLAN group at a time. You can create an ACL VLAN group and attach the ACL with the VLAN members. The optimization is applicable only when you create an ACL VLAN group.
PAGE 268
NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated. Dell#show acl-vlan-group Group Name Members TestGroupSeventeenTwenty 100,200,300 CustomerNumberIdentifica HostGroup Egress IP Acl Vlan SpecialAccessOnlyExperts AnyEmployeeCustomerEleve Group5 2-10,99 1,1000 The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option.
PAGE 269
Usage Information After you allocate FP blocks of CAM to ACL VLAN operation, you must reboot the switch to enable ACL VLAN optimization. The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-acl-vlan command: Example Field Description Chassis Vlan Cam ACL Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations at a system-wide, global level. Stack Unit Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations for a particular stack unit.
PAGE 270
show cam-usage Display the amount of memory space used and available in each CAM partition (including Layer 2 ACL, Layer 3 ACL, and IPv4Flow). Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage.
PAGE 271
Example 1 Example 2 Field Description Used CAM Amount of CAM space that is currently in use Available CAM Amount of CAM space that is free and remaining to be allocated for ACLs Dell#show cam-usage Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============| =============|============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | | 688 | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | | 31636 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | | 12286 | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | | 262127 | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | | 2833
PAGE 272
=============|============ 11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL 0 | 1008 | | IN-L3 ACL 2 | 12286 | | OUT-L2 ACL 2 | 1022 | | OUT-L3 ACL 0 | 1024 Example 3 Example 4 | 1008 | | 12288 | | 1024 | | 1024 | Dell#show cam-usage router Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============| =============|============== 11 | 0 | IN-L3 ACL | 8192 | | 8189 | | IN-L3 FIB | 196607 | | 196606 | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | | 2878 | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | | 1024 | | IN-L
PAGE 273
| 11 | | | 1 7152 | 31687 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 7152 | 0 | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1081 | OUT-L2 ACL | 0 | 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of ACL VLAN groups. Syntax Parameters show running config acl-vlan-group group-name group-name Default None Command Modes EXEC Display the specified ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum). EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.
PAGE 274
Common MAC ACL Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. These commands allow you to clear, display, and assign MAC ACL configurations. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. You can apply a MAC ACL on physical, port-channel and VLAN interfaces. The permit/deny statements in the ACL determine how traffic on an interface, VLAN members, or port-channel members is handled.
PAGE 275
mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, portchannel, or VLAN interface. Z9500 Syntax mac access-group access-list-name {in [vlan vlan-range] | out} To delete a MAC access-group, use the no mac access-group mac-listname command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC access list, up to 140 characters. vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs.
PAGE 276
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. If you apply a MAC ACL on a VLAN: • None of the VLAN members can have another ACL applied which has an entry for the VLAN. • The VLAN cannot belong to an ACL VLAN group. If you apply a MAC ACL on a physical or port-channel interface, a VLAN to which the port is associated cannot have another ACL applied.
PAGE 277
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
PAGE 278
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.
PAGE 279
Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. These commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The Z9500 support both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a matching MAC address, configure a filter.
PAGE 280
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 281
Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list standard To configure a standard MAC ACL, name a new or existing MAC access control list (MAC ACL) and enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode. Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section and the Common MAC Access List Commands section.
PAGE 282
The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the Z9500, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide.
PAGE 283
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 284
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq —configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number.
PAGE 285
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 286
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections.
PAGE 287
macdestinationaddress Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. macdestinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
PAGE 288
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 289
cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to configure an extended MAC ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for controlplane policing (CoPP). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 290
packets 191402152148 bytes) seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes (74481486 packets 5031686754 bytes) seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC access list. show mac accounting access-list — displays MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 291
macdestinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.
PAGE 292
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 293
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number as the filter sequence number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to drop any traffic matching this filter. permit Enter the keyword permit to forward any traffic matching this filter. any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. host macaddress Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to filter packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 294
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 295
permit — configures a filter to forward packets. IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure or enable IP prefix lists, use these commands. access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line. Syntax access-class access-list-name [ipv4 | ipv6] To remove an ACL, use the no access-class access-list-name [ipv4 | ipv6] command.
PAGE 296
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the access-class access-list-name command without specifying the ipv4 or ipv6 attribute, both IPv4 as well as IPv6 rules that are defined in that ACL are applied to the terminal.
PAGE 297
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 298
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 299
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 300
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 301
ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 302
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 303
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 304
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 305
continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Z9500 Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 306
• A successful match with a continue clause, the route map executes the set clauses and then goes to the specified route map entry upon execution of the continue clause. • If the next route map entry contains a continue clause, the route map executes the continue clause if a successful match occurs. • If the next route map entry does not contain a continue clause, the route map evaluates normally.
PAGE 307
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match as-path as-path-name To delete a match AS path filter, use the no match as-path as-path-name command.
PAGE 308
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute. match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured community list.
PAGE 309
neighbor send-community — sends COMMUNITY attribute to peer or peer group. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • . • For the loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 310
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type.
PAGE 311
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 312
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 313
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 314
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.
PAGE 315
igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking TOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 316
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 317
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 318
Defaults permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
PAGE 319
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 320
show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 321
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters communitylist-name Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 322
Related Commands ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. Z9500 Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | noexport | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command.
PAGE 323
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 324
level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 325
Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 326
metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 327
type-1 Enter the keyword type-1 to assign the OSPF Type 1 metric. type-2 Enter the keyword type-2 to assign the OSPF Type 2 metric. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 328
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 329
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 330
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 331
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero.
PAGE 332
route-map hopper permit 10 Dell(config-route-map)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show route-map [map-name] map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 333
AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 334
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. Z9500 Syntax show ip as-path-access-lists Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 335
ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. Z9500 Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-listname Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 336
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 337
To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Command Modes source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or noncontiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address.
PAGE 338
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Example Dell(conf)#feature udf-acl Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. key Configure UDF data context for parsing the different header location offset and required bytes.
PAGE 339
Example Dell(conf-udf-tcam)#key innerL3header udf-id 6 packetbase innerL3Header offset 0 length 2 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. udf-tcam — creates a context for UDF TCAM.
PAGE 340
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-UDF TCAM Example Dell(conf-udf-tcam)#match l2ethertype ipv4 ipprotocol 4 vlantag any Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500. udf-tcam — creates a context for UDF TCAM.
PAGE 341
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST mode CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST mode Example Dell(config-ext-nacl)#permit ip any any udf-pkt-format ipinip udf-qualifier-value ipnip_val1 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 342
udf-id Assign value for each configured UDF ID in the given UDF TCAM profile. Syntax udf-id id value mask To return to the default settings, use the no udf-id 1-12 value mask command. Parameters id Enter the UDF ID range. The range is from 1 to 12. value Enter the value for the UDF in Hex, up to 24 bytes. mask Enter the mask for the UDF in Hex, up to 24 bytes.
PAGE 343
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION-UDF TCAM Example Dell(conf-udf-tcam)# udf-qualifier-value ipnip_val1 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500.
PAGE 344
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500.
PAGE 345
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietfbfd-base-03.
PAGE 346
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 347
mode do not inherit the global BFD enable/disable values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command or configured for the peer group to which a neighbor belongs. The neighbors inherit only the global timer values. You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode (vrrp bfd all-neighbors). Related Commands show bfd neighbors — displays BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 348
bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. Z9500 Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.
PAGE 349
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 350
Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 351
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state.
PAGE 352
The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 353
multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
PAGE 354
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 355
neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd disable ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 356
Related Commands show bfd neighbors — displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show bfd neighbors interface [detail] interface detail Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 357
Example Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced BFD on physical ports on the E-Series. Dell#show bfd neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr Clients * 10.1.3.2 RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult 10.1.3.
PAGE 358
vrrp bfd Establish a BFD session with VRRP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address} [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To undo your VRRP BFD configuration, use the no vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address } [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all BFD neighbors on an interface.
PAGE 359
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When BFD is enabled with VRRP neighbors, the VRRP protocol registers with the BFD manager on the route processor. BFD sessions are established with all neighboring interfaces participating in VRRP.
PAGE 360
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 361
ipv4 vrf vrfname Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable VRF mode. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance corresponding to either a specific address family in a default VRF or an IPv4 address family in a non-default VRF. ipv6 unicast Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to enable BGPv6 mode. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install the IPv6 route in that VRF.
PAGE 362
Parameters ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) and mask in /prefix format (/x). advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map then the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route. as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate.
PAGE 363
Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate as the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed.
PAGE 364
Defaults Disabled Command Modes • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 365
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced command. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI).
PAGE 366
Example Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asdot Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asplain Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp ro
PAGE 367
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation.
PAGE 368
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 369
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 370
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path. bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. Z9500 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command.
PAGE 371
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Z9500 Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 372
show ip bgp cluster-list — views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Z9500 Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 373
The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ. Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. Z9500 Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command.
PAGE 374
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands bgp confederation identifier — configures a confederation ID.
PAGE 375
Only match commands in the configured route map are supported. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER BGP ROUTER BGP-address-family The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 376
Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 377
Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection. This is done under BGP configuration and is supported per address family – for IPv4 and IPv6 address families.
PAGE 378
Usage Information This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter. If you disable the enforce-first-as command, it can be viewed using the show ip protocols command.
PAGE 379
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2–byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 380
bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router. Z9500 Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time then the maximum number of seconds to restart and bring-up all the peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 381
BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. Z9500 Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, use the no bgp log-neighbor-changes command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 382
Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 383
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 384
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 385
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Z9500 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 386
Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 387
direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 388
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced capture bgp-pdu neighbor — enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series. clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions.
PAGE 389
soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter the clear ip bgp ip-address soft command, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy.
PAGE 390
Related Commands bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP. clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening and return the suppressed route to the Active state.
PAGE 391
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. The clear ip bgp dampening command does not clear the history paths. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 392
filter-list aspath-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH list. regexp regularexpression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp then regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences).
PAGE 393
Related Commands show debugging — views the enabled debugging operations. show ip bgp flap-statistics — views the BGP flap statistics. undebug all — disables all debugging operations. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] peer-group peer-group-name [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [soft {in | out}] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 394
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.
PAGE 395
ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information. keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. softreconfiguration Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP updates. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 396
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 397
debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.
PAGE 398
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command.
PAGE 399
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [A.B.C.
PAGE 400
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-groupname] soft-reconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [A.B.C.
PAGE 401
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
PAGE 402
peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 403
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands bgp always-compare-med — enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes.
PAGE 404
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 405
Parameters Defaults externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
PAGE 406
maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths.
PAGE 407
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). Z9500 Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 408
neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements. Z9500 Syntax Parameters neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] add-path [send | receive | both] path-count ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers.
PAGE 409
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 410
neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 411
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 412
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 413
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 414
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 415
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
PAGE 416
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best-path selection.
PAGE 417
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer. Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors — displays information on the BGP neighbors.
PAGE 418
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, ACL names were up to 16 characters long. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure the AS-PATH filters to deny or permit BGP routes based on information in their AS-PATH attribute, use the ip as-path access-list command in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 419
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 420
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 421
Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 422
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor password Enable message digest 5 (MD5) authentication on the TCP connection between two neighbors.
PAGE 423
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur.
PAGE 424
peer-groupname Enter the name of a configured peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 425
show ip bgp neighbors — views BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 426
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 427
neighbor remote-as — assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table.
PAGE 428
Related Commands router bgp — enters ROUTER BGP mode and configures routes in an AS. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command.
PAGE 429
If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path. Private AS numbers are from 64512 to 65535 (2 byte). neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 430
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 431
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed.
PAGE 432
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 433
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions.
PAGE 434
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 435
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group.
PAGE 436
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with any other command.
PAGE 437
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions.
PAGE 438
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In the best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command.
PAGE 439
• set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON.
PAGE 440
network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. Z9500 Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 441
permit bandwidth Enables you to specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax permit bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no permit bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extendedcommunity attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400.
PAGE 442
• match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 443
When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active. It is possible to keep only one locally originated route in the BGP database. Network command has preference over the re-distributed routes. When the locally originated route is no longer present in the database the other route is automatically installed.
PAGE 444
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes.
PAGE 445
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured Example Dell(conf)#router bgp 3 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# set extcommunity bandwidth Enables you to set extended community bandwidth.
PAGE 446
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 447
ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00290104 000100b4 14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
PAGE 448
Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] [network [networkmask] [longer-prefixes]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view ipv4–unicast route information corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 449
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. In BGP, this command displays the exact reason why the route is discarded. The following describes the show ip bgp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route.
PAGE 450
Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.2, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 0, LocalPref Extended Communities : DMZ-Link Bw: 2000 kbytes* Related Commands 100, Weight 0, internal show ip bgp community — views the BGP communities. neighbor maximum-prefix — controls the number of network prefixes received. show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
PAGE 451
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route.
PAGE 452
n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Weight Path *>I 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 400 500 600 i *>I 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 500 i *>I 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 0 i Dell# Metric LocPrf show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
PAGE 453
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
PAGE 454
The following describes the show ip bgp community command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
PAGE 455
*> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 456
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The show ip bgp community-list command without any parameters lists BGP routes matching the Community List and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. The following describes the show ip bgp community-list pass command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route.
PAGE 457
Communities : 200:1 1000:1 3000:1 show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 458
Usage Information To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized. The history paths that the show ip bgp command displays contain only the prefix and the next-hop information.
PAGE 459
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 460
TxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b780 : TrEvt 0 : LocPref 100 : tmpPathP 0x41a1b7b8 : LogNbrChgs 1 RecursiveNH 1 : PgCfgId 0 : KeepAlive 0 : HldTime 0 : DioHdl 0 : AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 : RedistTmrP 0x41ee7094 : PeerChgTmrP 0 : CleanRibTmrP 0x41ee7104 PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : FastExtFallover 1 : FastIntFallover 0 : Enforce1stAS 1 PeerIdBitsP 0x41967120 : softOutSz 16 : RibUpdCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxCBP 0 : UpdPeerCtxAFI 0 : TcpioCtxCB 0 : RedistBlk 1 NextCBPurg 11
PAGE 461
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 462
Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
PAGE 463
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. as-path-name Enter an AS-PATH access list name. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 464
Example Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show run as-path a1 ! ip as-path access-list a1 permit 500 Dell# Dell#show ip bgp filter-list a1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 465
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list aspath-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list then the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. The range is 140 characters.
PAGE 466
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping.
PAGE 467
show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] inconsistent-as Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 468
Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 80 i * 80 i * 80 i *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.
PAGE 469
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor. advertisedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampenedroutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 470
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added the detail option. Output now displays the default MED value. 7.2.1.0 Added the received and denied route options. 6.3.10 The output is changed to display the total number of advertised prefixes.
PAGE 471
The Lines Beginning with: Description • keepalive interval is the number of seconds between keepalive messages to help ensure that the TCP session is still alive. Received messages This line displays the number of BGP messages received, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing.
PAGE 472
Example Dell#show ip bgp neighbors 172.16.0.2 BGP neighbor is 172.16.0.2, remote AS 200, external link Member of peer-group port0 for session parameters BGP remote router ID 172.16.0.
PAGE 473
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] next-hop Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 474
Example Dell# show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Resolved 172.16.0.2 YES Dell# show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp paths [regexp regular-expression] regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences).
PAGE 475
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the following example. Field Description Total Displays the total number of BGP path attributes. Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored.
PAGE 476
show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 476 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 477
0x1ea3c17c 0x1ea3c2cc 0x1ea3c09c 0x1ea3c0d4 0x1ea3c224 0x1ea3c294 0x1ea3c02c Dell# 763 763 764 764 1019 1019 1021 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 12 32 {72 73} {82 83} 43 23 show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 478
Example Field Description Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path. Dell#show ip bgp paths community Total 2 communities Refcount Community 1 NO-ADVERTISE 1 200:1 1000:1 3000:1 show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
PAGE 479
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. Introduced on S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 480
Number of peers in this group 1 Maximum limit on the accepted connections 256 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group. show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 481
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 482
172.16.0.2 *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i 0 200 i show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] summary vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 483
Usage Information In BGP, route attributes are maintained at different locations. When attributes that correspond to multiple routes change, then attribute counts that the show ip bgp summary command displays are calculated as summations of attributes corresponding to all the associated routes. For example, if cluster_id is an attribute associated with thousand routes that contain exactly the same set of attributes, then the cluster_id count is 1.
PAGE 484
Field Description MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor. InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed. OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor. If a number appears in parentheses, the number represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group.
PAGE 485
2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 144 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 10 bytes of memory 2 neighbor(s) using 16384 bytes of memory Neighbor AS InQ OutQ Up/Down State/Pfx 172.16.0.2 200 0 0 00:05:34 2 192.168.10.2 100 0 0 00:00:00 (shut) Dell# MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer 10 8 0 0 22 0 show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature.
PAGE 486
Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 487
Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support 7.8.1.0, MBGP for S-Series IPv4 Multicast Only 8.2.1.0, MBGP E-Series ExaScale debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 488
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. Z9500 Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 489
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
PAGE 490
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event.
PAGE 491
BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. BGP Extended Communities provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities. • Communities are structured using a new “Type” field (1 or 2-octets), allowing you to provide granular control/filter routing information based on the type of extended communities.
PAGE 492
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit — configures to add (permit) rules. show ip extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list. deny regex This feature allows you to specify an extended community to reject (deny) using a regular expression (regex). Z9500 Syntax deny regex {regex} To remove, use the no deny regex {regex} command.
PAGE 493
Related Commands permit regex — permits a community using a regular expression. description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 494
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This mode changes the prompt.
PAGE 495
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Like standard communities, you can use extended communities in the route-map to match the attribute. Example Dell(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird Dell(config-route-map)# permit To add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo), use this feature.
PAGE 496
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. deny — configures to delete (deny) rules. show ip bgp extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list. permit regex This feature allows you specify an extended community to forward (permit) using a regular expression (regex). Z9500 Syntax permit regex {regex} To remove, use the no permit regex {regex} command.
PAGE 497
set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [nontrans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4byte AS number:2-byte community value).
PAGE 498
Usage Information Related Commands If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. • If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. • If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 499
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 500
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 501
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 502
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip extcommunity-list [word] word • • Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 503
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 504
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Enter ipv6unicast to enter the BGP for IPv6 mode (CONF-ROUTER_BGPv6_AF). address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). Z9500 Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command.
PAGE 505
aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters aggregate-address ipv6-address prefix-length [advertise-map map-name] [as-set] [attribute-map map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 506
Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate if routes within the aggregate are constantly changing as the aggregate will flap to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed.
PAGE 507
If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 508
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute.
PAGE 509
Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. • bgp cluster-id – assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors.
PAGE 510
Without a cluster ID, the route reflector cannot recognize route updates from the other route reflectors within the cluster. The default format for displaying the cluster-id is dotted decimal, but if you enter the cluster-id as an integer, it is displayed as an integer. Related Commands • bgp client-to-client reflection – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. • neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients.
PAGE 511
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. Z9500 Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased.
PAGE 512
Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are positiondependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers.
PAGE 513
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is incremented.
PAGE 514
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced Routers supporting 4-Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message.
PAGE 515
Parameters neighbor ipaddress | peergroup-name ip-address of the neighbor in IP address format of the neighbor. • peer-group-name of the neighbor peer group. Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the maximum number of seconds needed to restart and bring up all peers. The range is 1 to 3600 seconds. The default is 120 seconds. stale-path-time seconds Enter the keywords stale-path-time followed by the maximum number of seconds to wait before restarting a peer’s stale paths.
PAGE 516
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. Z9500 Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command.
PAGE 517
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution via BGP learned routes.
PAGE 518
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common.
PAGE 519
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. bgp soft-reconfig-backup To avoid the peer from resending messages, use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated. Z9500 Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 520
Related Commands clear ip bgp — activates inbound policies without resetting the BGP TCP session. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Z9500 Syntax Parameters capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 100-10240000 0 Defaults 40960000 bytes Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Enter a size for the capture buffer. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 521
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced • clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. • show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 522
soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. NOTE: If you enter clear ip bgp ip6-address soft, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 523
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
PAGE 524
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 dampening Clear information on route dampening and return suppressed route to active state. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [ipv6-address] ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 525
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list aspath-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. regexp regularexpression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: . (period) matches on any single character, including white space. * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences).
PAGE 526
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] * Enter the character * to clear all peers. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 527
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [network | filterlist list |regexp regexp] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format to clear flap statistics.
PAGE 528
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 529
debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 530
Command Modes Command History updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened.
PAGE 531
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6address prefix-length updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
PAGE 532
Command Modes Command History Usage Information in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP.
PAGE 533
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command.
PAGE 534
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 535
Defaults Command Modes Command History • external-distance = 20 • internal-distance = 200 • local-distance = 200 ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies.
PAGE 536
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ipv6 prefix-list — View the selected IPv6 prefix-list. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command.
PAGE 537
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Identify a peer group by name.
PAGE 538
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Command Modes Command History peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers.
PAGE 539
Command Modes Command History Related Commands ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced bgp four-octet-as-support – enables 4-Byte support for the BGP process. neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor.
PAGE 540
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} description text command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 541
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If you do not configure the prefix list, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 542
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors.
PAGE 543
Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors – displays information on the BGP neighbors. neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-pathname {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 544
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 545
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 546
peer-group peer-groupname Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of a configured peer group. The maximum is 16 characters. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced You can assign up to 64 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 547
To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-groupname Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Related Commands Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced When a peer group is created, it is disabled (shut mode).
PAGE 548
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command. Related Commands neighbor subnet – assigns a subnet to a dynamically-configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 549
Related Commands router bgp – Enter ROUTER BGP mode and configure routes in an AS. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} remove-private-as command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 550
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 551
neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-reflectorclient To indicate that the neighbor is not a route reflector client or to delete a route reflector configuration, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} route-reflector-client command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 552
To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} send-community command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors.
PAGE 553
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session.
PAGE 554
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 555
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} timers command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 556
• whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value is the new keepalive value. neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} update-source loopback interface command.
PAGE 557
To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. weight Enter a number as the weight. The range is 0 to 65535. The default is 0.
PAGE 558
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced The TCP session is authentication and hence prevents the data from being compromised. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Z9500 Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 559
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable via non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute – redistributes routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route.
PAGE 560
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 561
Related Commands neighbor default-originate – injects the default route. redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535.
PAGE 562
Usage Information When you enter the redistribute ospf process-id command without any other parameters, the software redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes. router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP. Z9500 Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters process-id Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process.
PAGE 563
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. • clear ip bgp – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 564
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 565
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL +v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string.
PAGE 566
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 567
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 568
Related Commands ipv6 prefix-list — configures an IPv6 prefix-list. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current BGP routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip bgp ipv6 unicast [network [network-mask] [longerprefixes]] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address.
PAGE 569
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
PAGE 570
Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list.
PAGE 571
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
PAGE 572
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list as-path-name as-path-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 573
• * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
PAGE 574
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands 574 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length | ip-address] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes] ipv6-address prefix-length | ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 575
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view peer-groupspecific information for the IPv6 address family.
PAGE 576
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example 576 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Dell# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
PAGE 577
timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. Z9500 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 578
show ipv6 mbgproutes Display the selected IPv6 MBGP route or a summary of all MBGP routes in the table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 mbgproutes ipv6-address prefix-length | summary ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. summary Display a summary of RPF routes.
PAGE 579
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 9 You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 580
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 581
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the keyword nlbclusteracl. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for fcoe. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. 8.3.19.
PAGE 582
cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The range for ipv4acl is from 1 to 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 583
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 584
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
PAGE 585
L2PT : IpMacAcl : VmanQos : EcfmAcl : FcoeAcl : iscsiOptAcl : ipv4pbr : vrfv4Acl : Openflow : fedgovacl : nlbclusteracl: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 -- linecard 2 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 4 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 2 Dell# test cam-usage Verify the CAM space that is available for IPv4 and IPv6 CAM profiles, and p
PAGE 586
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 587
| | | | | | | | | 1 | Allowed 0 | IPv4Flow 1 | Allowed 1 | IPv4Flow 1 | Allowed 2 | IPv4Flow 1 | Allowed 3 | IPv4Flow 1 | Allowed 0 | IPv4Flow 1 | Allowed 1 | IPv4Flow 1 | Allowed 2 | IPv4Flow 1 | Allowed 3 | IPv4Flow 1 | Allowed 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | (408) | (408) | (408) | (408) | (408) | (408) | (408) | (408) | (408) 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 Unified Forwarding Table Modes Unified Forwarding Table (UFT) consolidates the resources of several search tables (Layer 2, Layer 3 Hosts, and
PAGE 588
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500 switch.. Usage Information This command takes effect only after reboot.
PAGE 589
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 10 Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 590
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. There are three line cards (0-2) with fixed ports on the Z9500. Line card 0 uses three sets of ports (port pipes): 0 to 2; line cards 1 and 2 use four sets of ports: 0 to 3. • On line card 0, port set 0 consists of ports 0–44; port set 1 consists of ports 48–92; port set 2 consists of ports 96–140.
PAGE 591
• Queues 8 to 15 process packets destined to the Route Processor CPU. • Queues 16 to 23 process packets destined to the line card CPU. Defaults Clear per-queue rate-limiting counters for all control-plane and port traffic. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 592
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits traffic on control-plane queues. Z9500 Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues policy-name cpu-qos policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 593
Related Commands qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. service-policy rate-limit-protocols cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane. Z9500 Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name cpu-qos policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 594
Related Commands ip access-list extended cpu-qos — creates an extended IP ACL for CoPP. mac access-list extended cpu-qos — creates an extended MAC ACL for CoPP. class-map cpu-qos — creates a QoS class map for CoPP. qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic.
PAGE 595
applied. TxBytes displays the number of bytes transmitted to a control-plane CPU after protocol-based rate limiting is applied. Drops displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic that have been dropped as a result of protocol-based rate limiting.
PAGE 596
PIM 0 0 0 NTP 0 0 0 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 0 0 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 0 0 DHCP RELAY/DHCP 0 0 0 v6 ICMP NA/v6 ICMP RA 0 0 0 v6 ICMP NS/v6 ICMP RS 0 0 0 v6 ICMP/ICMP 0 0 0 MLD 0 0 0 MSDP 0 0 0 FTP/TELNET/SSH/ L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 0 0 0 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 0 0 0 iSCSI 0 0 0 FCoE 0 0 0 SFLOW 0 0 0 VLT CTRL/VLT IPM PDU 0 0 0 HYPERPULL 0 0 0 OPENFLOW 0 0 0 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 0 0 0 VLT TTL1/TRACEFLOW/TTL0/ STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 show control-traffic queue Display per-q
PAGE 597
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to display counters for rate-limited traffic on all CPU queues, including Route Processor, Control Processor, and line-card CPUs. queue-id queue-number Enter the queue number to display counters for rate-limited traffic on a specified CPU queue. The range of queuenumber values is from 0 to 23.
PAGE 598
Q0 Dell# 5000 5000 0 show cpu-queue rate Display the rates for each control-plane queue. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show cpu-queue rate [all | queue-id queue-number | range from_queue to_queue] all Display the rate for all control-plane queues (CPU queues 0– 23). queue-id queue-number Display the rate for a specified control-plane queue. The range of CPU queue values is from 0 to 23. range from_queue to_queue Display the rate for a range of control-plane queues.
PAGE 599
Q15 Q16 Q17 Q18 Q19 Q20 Q21 Q22 Q23 Command History 12450 1 1 1 1 600 7000 800 5000 4000 100 100 100 100 1000 7000 1000 5000 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 600
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 601
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Usage Information The show output displays information CPU traffic flows for supported IPv6 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 602
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 CPU queue mapping for MAC protocols. Z9500 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 603
show protocol-queue-mapping Display the Z9500 protocol-queue mapping for each configured protocol. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show protocol-queue-mapping [queue-id queue-number] queue-id queue-number (Optional) Display the protocol-queue mapping for a specified control-plane queue. The range of CPU queue numbers is from 0 to 23. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 604
GVRP 200 1000 FRRP 300 1000 ECFM 150 1000 ISIS 500 3000 L2PT 150 1000 v6 BGP 2500 2000 v6 OSPF 2500 2000 v6 VRRP 400 2000 MLD 150 500 v6 MULTICAST 100 500 CATCH ALL v6 ICMP NA 600 1000 v6 ICMP RA 600 1000 v6 ICMP NS 600 1000 v6 ICMP RS 600 1000 v6 ICMP 300 2000 BGP 2500 2000 OSPF 2500 2000 RIP 200 1000 VRRP 400 2000 ICMP 300 2000 IGMP 300 2000 PIM 300 2000 MSDP 100 2000 BFD 7000 3000 802.
PAGE 605
400 2000 VLT CTRL 2000 3000 VLT IPM PDU 500 3000 VLT TTL1 100 500 HYPERPULL 500 1000 OPENFLOW 300 1000 FEFD 150 1000 TRACEFLOW 200 500 FCoE 300 2000 SFLOW 5000 3000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 400 5000 L3 UNKNOWN/ 200 3000 UNRESOLVED ARP L2 DST HIT/ 200 500 BROADCAST MULTICAST CATCH ALL 200 500 ACL LOGGING 200 1000 L3 HEADER ERROR/TTL0 200 500 IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 VLAN L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 Physical L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 ICMP REDIRECT 200 500 SOURCE MISS 200 500 STATION MOVE 200 500 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 20
PAGE 606
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 11 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 607
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. To enable DCB, do one of the following: • Apply the dcb-map command with the no pfc-mode command on to all the interfaces. • Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces.
PAGE 608
Usage Information If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear. clear pfc counters sfm backplane all Clear the PFC counters on sfm and backplane ports. Syntax Parameters clear pfc counters sfm <0-5/all> backplane all backplane all Enter the keywords all backplane all to clear the counters on all interfaces. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 609
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. • • When you configure lossless queues on an interface, PFC priority configuration is not allowed on the dcb-input profile applied on the interface. The maximum number of lossless queues globally supported on the switch is two. The following lists the dot1p priority-queue assignments.
PAGE 610
Usage Information Specify a linecard number on the Master switch in a stack. Example Dell#sh dcb linecard 2 port-set 0 DCB Status: Enabled, PFC Queue Count: 2 linecard Total Buffer PFC Total Buffer PFC Shared Buffer PFC Available Buffer PP (KB) (KB) (KB) (KB) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------2 0 11210 7488 496 4992 Dell# NOTE: show dcb command without options displays DCB buffer details for all linecards, SFMs, and for all port-pipes.
PAGE 611
Field Description Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities. When the PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration take effect. The admin operational status for a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled.
PAGE 612
Example (Summary) Field Description Application Priority TLV: Remote FCOE Priority Map Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Remote ISCSI Priority Map Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. PFC TLV Statistics: Input TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs received. PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted.
PAGE 613
Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 0 Input TLV pkts, 1 Output TLV pkts, 0 Error pkts, 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface.
PAGE 614
ETS Commands dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. Syntax dcb enable[pfc-queues 1|4] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults The default is 2 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 615
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. show interface ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 616
------------------0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 4000 400 ETS 1 3 ETS 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 50 400 100 50 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp BW-PEAK Priority# TSA BW-% BW-COMMITTED % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mpbs) Burst(KB) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 50 400 100 4000 400 ETS 1 3 50 ETS 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 616 Data Cen
PAGE 617
DCBX Commands advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBX peers. Syntax advertise dcbx-tlv {ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc} [ets-conf | etsreco | pfc] [ets-conf | ets-reco | pfc] To remove the advertised ETS TLVs, use the no advertise dcbx-tlv command. Parameters {ets-conf | etsreco | pfc} Enter the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised, where: • ets-conf: enables the advertisement of ETS configuration TLVs.
PAGE 618
dcbx port-role Configure the DCBX port role the interface uses to exchange DCB information. Syntax dcbx port-role {config-source | auto-downstream | auto-upstream | manual} To remove DCBX port role, use the no dcbx port-role {config-source | auto-downstream | auto-upstream | manual} command. Parameters config-source | autodownstream | auto-upstream | manual Enter the DCBX port role, where: • config-source: configures the port to serve as the configuration source on the switch.
PAGE 619
dcbx version Configure the DCBX version used on the interface. Syntax dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} To remove the DCBX version, use the dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} command. Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer. • cee: configures the port to use CDD (Intel 1.01). • cin: configures the port to use Cisco-Intel-Nuova (DCBX 1.0).
PAGE 620
Parameters {all | autodetect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: • all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. • auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX autodetect timers. • config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges. • fail: enables traces for DCBX failures. • mgmt: enables traces for DCBX management frames. • resource: enables traces for DCBX system resource frames.
PAGE 621
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF.
PAGE 622
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. To clear DCBX frame counters, use the clear dcbx counters interface stack-unit/port command. The following describes the show interface dcbx detail command shown in the following example. 622 Field Description Interface Interface type with chassis slot and port number. Port-Role Configured the DCBX port role: auto-upstream, autodownstream, config-source, or manual.
PAGE 623
Field Description Acknowledgment Number Example Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or INSYNC. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Peer DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
PAGE 624
Local DCBX Compatibility mode is CEE Local DCBX Configured mode is CEE Peer Operating version is CEE Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ErPfi Local DCBX Status ----------------DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 0 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Protocol State: In-Sync Peer DCBX Status: ---------------DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 255 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Total DCBX Frames transmitted 27 Total DCBX Frames received 6 Total DCB
PAGE 625
Use the dcb-map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports. After you apply a DCB map to an interface, the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled. DCBx is enabled on Ethernet ports by default. The dcb-map command is supported only on physical Ethernet interfaces. To remove a DCB map from an interface, enter the no dcb-map map-name command in Interface configuration mode.
PAGE 626
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. Syntax Parameters priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_groupnum dot1p3_group-num dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num dot1p0_groupnum Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map.
PAGE 627
• Priority group 1 contains traffic with dot1p priority 3. • Priority group 2 contains traffic with dot1p priority 4. • Priority group 4 contains traffic with dot1p priority 5, 6, and 7. To remove a priority-pgid configuration from a DCB map, enter the no priority-pgid command. priority-group bandwidth pfc Configure the ETS bandwidth allocation and PFC mode used to manage port traffic in an 802.1p priority group.
PAGE 628
Usage Information Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.1p priority values that are grouped together for similar bandwidth allocation and scheduling, and that share latency and loss requirements. All 802.
PAGE 629
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. The dcb-map linecard all backplane all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to backplane dcb-policy buffer-threshold sfm all port-set all backplane all Assign the DCB policy to all sfm and backplane ports interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold interface configuration.
PAGE 630
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size. If the buffer size and DCB buffer threshold settings are applied on one or more ports, a validation is performed to determine whether following condition is satisfied: Shared-pfc-buffer-size <= (Total-pfc-buffer-size - Σpfc priority <> buffer-size on each port, priority).
PAGE 631
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size sfm all Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets on all sfm ports in kilobytes. Syntax Parameters dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size sfm all KB Enter a number in the range from 0 to 11210. Defaults The default is 3328KB for Z9500 platform. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 632
Usage Information When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode. You can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets.
PAGE 633
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.1p priority traffic to the transmitting device.
PAGE 634
Example Example of show linecard 0 port-set 0 backplane all pfc bufferthreshold output Dell#show linecard 0 port-set 0 backplane all pfc bufferthreshold linecard 0 port-set 0 backplane all Queue# Lossless Shared Threshold Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resume-offset (KB) (KB) (KB) Weight --------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 NO 1 NO 2 NO 3 YES 130 36 18 11 4 NO 5 NO 6 NO 7 NO Example of show linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all pfc detailsoutput Dell#show linecar
PAGE 635
0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Example of show linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all ets detailsoutput Dell#show linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all ets details linecard 2 port-set 0 backplane all Max Supported PG is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters: -------------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 50 % ETS 1 3 50 % ETS 2 3 4 5 6 7 - show sfm backplane all pfc buffer-threshold Displays t
PAGE 636
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. NOTE: Please note that the existing "dcb pfc-shared-total-size / pfc-sharedbuffer-size " without any options is still applicable for z9500. When executed, it configures the value to both backplane and sfm units.
PAGE 637
3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Example of show sfm 0 backplane all ets details output Dell#sh sfm 0 backplane all ets details sfm 0 backplane all Max Supported PG is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters: -------------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,4,5,6,7 50 % ETS 1 3 50 % ETS 2 3 4 5 6 7 - qos-policy-buffer Create a QoS policy buffer and enter the configuration mode to configure the no-d
PAGE 638
queue 0 to queue 7 Specify the queue number to which the QoS policy buffer parameters apply pause Pause frames to be sent at the specified buffer limit levels and pause packet settings no-drop The packets for this queue must not be dropped value Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7 to denote the priority to be allocated to the dynamic buffer control mechanism buffer-size Ingress buffer size size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range from 0 to 7787. The default is 45KB.
PAGE 639
You can use set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities. For example, you can configure the intended buffer configuration for all 8 priorities. If you configure the number of lossless queues as 4 and if the administratorconfigured priorities configured within the DCB input policy is applied, then the configuration for those priorities are pre-designed.
PAGE 640
Example dcb-policy buffer-threshold linecard all portset all backplane all test dcb-policy buffer-threshold linecard all backplane all Assign the DCB buffer configuration on the backplane ports. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold setting.
PAGE 641
Parameters Command Modes name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 642
Usage Information Example The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show runningconfig dcb-buffer-threshold command: Field Description Profile name Name of the DCB buffer threshold profile Priority The priority of the queue for which the buffer space settings apply buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB.
PAGE 643
- Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 0/20 pfc bufferthreshold The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show interface pfc buffer-threshold command: Field Description queue Number of the queue lossless Whether the queue is a lossy or lossless queue for which buffer threshold is configured buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-threshold-value Buffer limit at which the por
PAGE 644
configured PFC buffer size, the system determines whether this reduction in size is valid without disrupting the existing configuration. In such a scenario, you must disable and re-enable DCB. For example, if you modify the total buffer size to be 4000 KB from the previous size of 5000 KB, an error message is displayed that this reduction cannot be performed owing to existing system configuration because of queues that are being currently processed.
PAGE 645
Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-queues 4 dcb enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. Syntax dcb enablepfc >enable • To disable ETS on interface, use “no dcb ets enable” command. • To disable PFC on interface, use “no dcb pfc enable” command. Defaults Enable Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Limitations Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 646
12 Debugging and Diagnostics The debugging and diagnostics commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump Enable a core dump.
PAGE 647
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Restructured the command to accommodate core dumps for CP. Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Application coredump naming convention enhanced to include application. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The kernel core dump can be large and may take up to five to 30 minutes to upload. The system does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash.
PAGE 648
Defaults Crash kernel files are uploaded to flash by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Added information about ftp password and URL to Usage Information. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 649
the line-card processor (LP) and 0 for the Control processor (CP) and Route Processor (RP). To display the system results in this text file, use the show file command. Important Points to Remember • Offline diagnostics can only be run when the unit is offline. • You can only run offline diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected via the console. In other words, you cannot run diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected to via a stacking link. • Diagnostic results are printed to the screen.
PAGE 650
level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics. Various components on the board are put into Loopback mode and test packets are transmitted through those components. These diagnostics also perform snake tests using VLAN configurations.
PAGE 651
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. offline stack-unit — bring a switch offline to run diagnostic tests. online stack-unit— reload the system after running offline diagnostic tests. offline system Place the switch in the offline state in order to run diagnostic tests.
PAGE 652
Related Commands diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. online stack-unit— reload the system after running offline diagnostic tests. online system Reload a switch after running offline diagnostic tests. Z9500 Syntax online system Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 653
cp unit-id Enter the cp unit-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic tests run on the Control Processor CPU. The Control Processor CPU ID is 0. rp unit-id Enter the rp unit-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic test srun on the Route Processor CPU. The Route Processor CPU ID is 0. linecard unit-id Enter the linecard unit-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic test run on a specified line card.
PAGE 654
Example: After offline diagnostics are run on a line card Dell# show diag linecard 0 summary Diag status of linecard member 0: ------------------------------------------------------------------------- AM. linecard is currently offline. linecard level0 diag issued at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:39:58 Current diag status : Card diags are done. Duration of execution (Total) : 0 min 31 sec. Diagnostic test results located: flash:/TestReportLP-0.
PAGE 655
----------- DELL DIAGNOSTIC PPID PPID Rev Service Tag Part Number Part Number Revision SW Version [0] ------- NA NA NA NA NA 9-2(1-509) Available free memory: 2,635,960,320 bytes LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC eepromTest .................................................. PASS Starting test: i2cTest ......
PAGE 656
Starting test: portcardBoardRevisionTest ...... + Access Test for BCM unit 0 : PASSED + Access Test for BCM unit 1 : PASSED + Access Test for BCM unit 2 : PASSED portcardBoardRevisionTest ................................... PASS Starting test: qsfpOpticsTest ......
PAGE 657
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show diag information Display the status of offline diagnostic tests on a switch. Z9500 Syntax show diag information Defaults None.
PAGE 658
Offline). Linecard slot 1: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline). Linecard slot 2: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline). Linecard slot 3: No card diags executed yet (Card Offline). ---------------------------Example: After offline diagnostics are run on a switch Dell# show diag information Diag information: Diag software image version: 9.5(0.
PAGE 659
level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to display only the Level 1 diagnostic tests. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, ports are shut down automatically.
PAGE 660
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO Command History NO NO portcardBoardRevisionTest: NO NO portcardHiGigLinkStatusTest: NO NO portcardIxiaTrafficCmd: NO YES portcardPortStats: NO YES portcardXELinkStatusTest: NO NO qsfpOpticsTest: NO NO qsfpPhyTest: NO NO qsfpPresenceTest: NO NO qsfpReadInterruptTest: NO YES qsfpReadModeTest: NO YES rtcTest: NO NO sataSsdTest: NO NO temperatureTest: NO NO ALL RUN YES NO ALL RUN NO YES ALL RUN NO NO ALL RUN NO NO ALL RUN NO YES ALL RUN YES YES
PAGE 661
buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters buffer-profile {fp | csf] profile-name {global {1Q | | 4q} fp Enter the keyword fp to create a buffer profile for the Field Processor. csf Enter the keyword csf to create a buffer profile for the Switch Fabric Processor. profile-name Create a name for the buffer profile, global Apply one of two pre-defined buffer profiles to all of the port-pipes in the system.
PAGE 662
If the default buffer-profile is active, Dell Networking OS displays an error message instructing you to remove the default configuration using the no bufferprofile global command. Reload the system for the global buffer-profile to take effect. Hardware Commands The hardware commands supported on the switch allow you to display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear control-traffic Clear control-traffic statistics from a Z9500 CPU.
PAGE 663
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. clear hardware Clear statistics from a specified hardware component.
PAGE 664
• unit unit-num Enter the unit unit-num parameters with a command option to clear hardware statistics for a specified NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0 to 3. The command options are: • party-bus rp sfm sfm-unitnum cpu sata-interface statistics: Clears satainterface error counter statistics. counters: Clears the packets counters. Enter the keyword party-bus with a command option to clear hardware statistics for the party bus that links Z9500 CPUs.
PAGE 665
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. clear hardware system-flow Clear system-flow statistics from a specified line card.
PAGE 666
clear hardware vlan-counters Clear VLAN statistics. Syntax Parameters clear hardware vlan-couters vlan-id vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 667
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 668
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Example Dell# show control-traffic counters Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series.
PAGE 669
sfm sfm-unit-num {buffer {total-buffer | unit unit-num {port | total-buffer}} | counters | details| drops | port-stats | register | table-dump}} Parameters cp cp-switch linecard slot-id Debugging and Diagnostics Enter the keywords cp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Control Processor.
PAGE 670
output counters to which the stacking module is connected. • cpu i2c statistics: Displays active i2c-address statistics. • cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters for a specified line card. • cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays satainterface error counter statistics. • drops unit unit-num : Displays the number of dropped packets on the ports of a specified line-card NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0 to 3.
PAGE 671
sfm sfm-unitnum • cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters. • cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays satainterface error counter statistics. Enter the keyword sfm with an Switch Fabric Module (SFM) unit number and a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified SFM on the Z9500. The range of SFM unit numbers is from 0 to 5.
PAGE 672
Example (Linecard CPU Dataplane: Statistics) 672 Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Modified the stack-port keyword range expanded from 49-52 to 0-52; output modified for the cpu data-plane statistics option; the following options were added: drops [unit 0-1 [port 0-27]] and unit 0-1 {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 673
Example (Party-Bus Port: Statistics) Dell#show hardware party-bus port 0 statistics Example (Linecard: Drops) Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops Example (Linecard Unit: Drops) Party Bus Transmit Counters for port 0: Tx Octets = 231162055 Tx Drop Packets = 0 tx_q0_pkts = 303459 tx_q1_pkts = 0 tx_q2_pkts = 0 tx_q3_pkts = 0 tx_q4_pkts = 0 tx_q5_pkts = 0 tx_broad_pkts = 6178 tx_multi_pkts = 852 tx_uni_pkts = 296429 tx_pause_pkts = 0 tx_cols = 0 tx_single_cols = 0 tx_multi_cols = 0 tx_late_cols = 0 tx_exce
PAGE 674
0 0 4 0 8 0 12 0 16 0 17 0 18 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 28 0 32 0 36 0 40 0 44 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 674 1 0 5 0 9 0 13 0 17 0 18 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 25 0 29 0 33 0 37 0 41 0 45 0 50 0 51 0 52 0 53 0 54 0 55 0 56 0 57 0 58 0 59 0 60 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3258 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 675
Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 port-stats ena/ speed/ link auto STP inter max loop port link duplex scan neg? state pause ops face frame back xe0 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward F CR4 1550 xe1 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward F XGMII 1550 xe2 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward F XGMII 1550 xe3 up 40G FD SW No Forward F SR4 1550 xe4 down 10G FD SW No Forward F SFI 1550 xe5 down 10G FD SW No Forward F SFI 1550 xe6 down 10G FD SW No Forward F SFI 1550 xe7 down 10G FD SW No Forward F SFI 15
PAGE 676
F F Example (Linecard Unit: Register) 676 hg10 up XGMII 16360 hg11 up XGMII 16360 42G FD SW No Forward None 42G FD SW No Forward None Dell#show hardware linecard 2 unit 0 register 0x77120000 ARB_RAM_DBGCTRL.ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x04000134 ASF_PORT_CFG.cpu0 = 0x00000000 0x04000107 ASF_PORT_CFG.xe0 = 0x0000001c 0x04000109 ASF_PORT_CFG.xe1 = 0x0000001c 0x0400010b ASF_PORT_CFG.xe2 = 0x0000001c 0x04000141 ASF_PORT_CFG.xe3 = 0x0000001c 0x0400014a ASF_PORT_CFG.xe4 = 0x0000000c 0x0400014b ASF_PORT_CFG.
PAGE 677
0x56002008 BUF_CFG(8).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x56002009 BUF_CFG(9).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200a BUF_CFG(10).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200b BUF_CFG(11).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200c BUF_CFG(12).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200d BUF_CFG(13).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200e BUF_CFG(14).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x5600200f BUF_CFG(15).mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x36000200 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(0).ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x36000201 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(1).ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x36000202 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(2).ipipe0 = 0x00000000 0x36000203 CBL_ATTRIBUTE(3).
PAGE 678
0x1e003007 CFAPBANKSTATUS(7).mmu0 = 0x00000026 0x1e003008 CFAPBANKSTATUS(8).mmu0 = 0x00000027 !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Linecard Unit: Counters) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 unit 1 counters RUC.cpu0 : 528,687 +528,687 ING_NIV_RX_FRAMES.cpu0 : 528,687 +528,687 TDBGC6.cpu0 : 528,687 +528,687 PERQ_PKT(0).cpu0 : 1,172 +1,172 PERQ_PKT(41).cpu0 : 527,515 +527,515 PERQ_BYTE(0).cpu0 : 79,696 +79,696 PERQ_BYTE(41).cpu0 : 35,871,020 +35,871,020 PERQ_DROP_PKT(0).
PAGE 679
Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status 0xc0000300 0x000c0000 ****************************************************** Link Status of all the ports in the Device - 0 The linkStatus of Front End Port 1 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 5 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 9 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 13 is TRUE The linkStat
PAGE 680
The tm-tp for Index 9 is The tm-tp for Index 10 is The tm-tp for Index 11 is : : : -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 ************************************************* ModPort Table for Device - 0 For Destination Mod Id 0 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 1 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 2 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 3 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 4 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 5 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 6 Destinati
PAGE 681
Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Interface: Used Packet Buffer for the Interface: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Fo 1/2 ----Maximum Shared Limit for the Interface: 39856 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Interface: Used Packet Buffer for the Interface: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Fo 1/3 ----Maximum Shared Limit for the Interface: 39856 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Interface: Used Packet Buffer for the Interface: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Fo 1/4 ----Maximum Shared Lim
PAGE 682
Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pk
PAGE 683
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 684
RX - PFC Frame Priority 4 RX - PFC Frame Priority 5 RX - PFC Frame Priority 6 RX - PFC Frame Priority 7 RX - Debug Counter 0 RX - Debug Counter 1 RX - Debug Counter 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show hardware buffer interface Display buffer statistics for a specific interface.
PAGE 685
Example displaying priority-group range Dell#show hardware buffer interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 priority-group 0 buffer-info ----- Buffer stats for unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Te 1/1) --------------------------------------------------------------------------PG# PRIORITIES ALLOTED (CELLS) COUNTER (CELLS) MIN SHARED MODE HDRM MIN SHARED HDRM ----------------------------------------------------------------------0 61440 0 STATIC 174 0 0 0 Dell# Example displaying queue range Dell#show hardware buffer inter
PAGE 686
Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1 Queue 11 ----Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot Displays buffer statistics tracking resource information for a specific interface.
PAGE 687
Example displaying egress queuelevel snapshot for both unicast and multicast packets for the specific interface Dell# show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue all Unit 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MC
PAGE 688
Example displaying egress queuelevel snapshot for multicast packets for the specific interface Dell#show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue mcast 3 Unit 1 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Dell#show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue mcast all Unit 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) ------------------------------------
PAGE 689
show hardware ipv6 Display information about IPv6 ACLs used on a Z9500 line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show hardware ipv6 {eg-acl | in-acl} linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to display ingress or egress ACL data. linecardslot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 690
DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL EID 0x0000130d: gid=0xd, slice=0, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress slice=1, slice_idx=0x1, part =1 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, IpType Offset: 208 Widt
PAGE 691
linecardslot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. port-set number Enter the keywords port-set number parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-set numbers is from 0 to 3. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 692
policer= statistics={stat id 63 {Packets} slice = 3 idx=0 entries=1} EID 0x000010cc: gid=0x10, slice=3, slice_idx=0x2, part =0 prio=0x10cc, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, DstMac Offset: 90 Width: 48 DATA=0x00000180 c2000000 MASK=0x0000ffff ff000000 StageEgress action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 65 slice = 3 idx=1 entries=1} {Packets} --More-- show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for a Z9500 line
PAGE 693
Example Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 694
MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 111 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1} {Packets} show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for traffic flows on the central switch (aggregated CoPP) or a specified line card and port pipe.
PAGE 695
Example Dell#show hardware system-flow layer2 cp-switch ############## FP Entry for STP ################ EID 0x00000000: gid=0x1, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0x100, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, InPort DATA=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003c0 00003f80 MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc InPorts DATA=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003c0 00003f80 MASK=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000
PAGE 696
_bcmFieldQualifyData Offset: 61 Width: 128 DATA=0x00000080 00000000 00000000 00000000 MASK=0x00003fc0 00000000 00000000 00000000 slice=0, slice_idx=0x101, part =1 prio=0xff, flags=0x10302, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, action={act=CosQNew, param0=6(0x6), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPbmp, param0=1073741824(0x40000000), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RpDrop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer={peak_kbits_sec=0x200, peak_kbit
PAGE 697
MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc InPorts DATA=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003c0 00003f80 MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc Stage --More-- show hardware vlan-counters Display the hardware VLAN statistics. Syntax Parameters show hardware vlan-counters vlan-id vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 698
show hardware drops Displays internal drops on the specified interface or for a range of interface. Syntax Parameters show hardware drops interface interface interface drops Command Modes Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or slot/ port-range or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 699
Example displaying internal drops for the specific interface Dell#show hardware drops interface tengigabitethernet 2/1 Drops in Interface Te 2/1: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards Policy Discards Packets dropped by FP (L2+L3) Drops Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --Ingress MMU Drops HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 H
PAGE 700
tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic on the Control and Router Processors.. Z9500 Syntax tcpdump {cp | rp} [capture-duration time | filter expression | max-file-count value | packet-count value | snap-length value | write-to path] To disable the TCP dump, use the no tcpdump command. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 701
Defaults TCP dumps are disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 702
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 13 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 703
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. conflicts Enter the keyword conflicts to delete all of the log entries created for IP address conflicts. server statistics Enter the keywords server statistics to clear all counter information on the DHCP server. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 704
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. debug ipv6 dhcp To enable debug logs for DHCPv6 relay agent transactions. Syntax debug ipv6 dhcp To disable the debug logs for dhcpv6 relay agent transactions, use the debug ipv6 dhcp command.
PAGE 705
• Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 706
debug ip dhcp client packets Activate the debugging and display of log messages for DHCP packets sent and received on DHCP client interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug ip dhcp client packets [interface type slot/port] interface typeslot/port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP log messages for a specified interface.
PAGE 707
Last logging buffer cleared: Jan 7 01:41:17 Jan 7 01:42:34: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP RELEASE sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPACK packet in InterfaceFo 2/0 with Lease-IP:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0, Server-Id: 100.1.1.
PAGE 708
disable Disable the DHCP server. Z9500 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 709
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters domain-name name name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool.
PAGE 710
Parameters address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool. low-address Enter the lowest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool. high-address Enter the highest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 711
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. Z9500 Syntax host address Parameters address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 712
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 713
Parameters remote-id hostname Set the hostname as the remote ID in Option 82. remote-id remote-id Enter the name to be used as the remote ID in Option 82; maximum: 64 characters. remote-id mac Use the chassis MAC address as the remote ID in Option 82. Default Option 82 uses the chassis MAC address as the remote ID. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 714
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Use this command to include the vendor-class identifier (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client.
PAGE 715
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 716
netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. Z9500 Syntax Parameters netbios-node-type type type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. • Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. • Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. • Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 717
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 718
show ip dhcp client statistics Display statistical information about DHCP client interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp client statistics [interface type slot/port] interface typeslot/port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 718 Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP client information for a specified interface.
PAGE 719
show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 720
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 721
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table or display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard.
PAGE 722
Related Commands clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table. show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 722 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 723
Configure Secure DHCP and DHCP Relay DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks, including using the switch as a DHCP relay agent. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. Z9500 Syntax arp inspection Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 724
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.
PAGE 725
clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Clear all the DHCPv6 snooping binding database entries. Syntax clear ipv6 dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 726
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series on Layer 3 interfaces. When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP snooping, the binding table deletes and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. DHCP snooping supports Layer 3 using DHCP Relay Agent (ip helper-address) and Layer 2. You do not have to enable relay agent to snoop on Layer 2 interfaces.
PAGE 727
Defaults Command Modes Command History ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type Enter the keyword interface then the type of interface to which the host is connected: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface.
PAGE 728
ipv6 ipv6-address interface interface-type | interface-number lease valuecommand. Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IPv6 address. vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ipv6 ipv6address Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 address that is leased to the client.
PAGE 729
Parameters minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 730
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Z9500 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 731
ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 732
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 733
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 734
Parameters vlan-id Enter the name of a VLAN id or list of the VLANs to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series.
PAGE 735
Usage Information Allocate at least one FP block to ipmacacl before you can enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. 1. Use the cam-acl l2acl command from CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3. Reload the system. ipv6 helper-address Configures the ipv6 DHCP helper addresses without VRF. Syntax [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6-address To delete the ipv6 helper address, use the [no] ipv6 helper-address ipv6address command.
PAGE 736
show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. Z9500 Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 737
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 738
Invalid File Invalid Binding Entry Binding Entry lease expired : 0 : 0 : 0 Dell# 738 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
PAGE 739
Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) 14 Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
PAGE 740
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID.
PAGE 741
Parameters ecmp crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | crcupper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} hg-seed seedvalue Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Enter the keyword ecmp then one of the following options: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32
PAGE 742
lag {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} Enter the keyword lag then one of the following options: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 • crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 • xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 • xor2: Use C
PAGE 743
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. 6.5.1.0 Added the line card option on TeraScale only. 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method. For example,hash-algorithm ecmp xor lag checksum nh-ecmp checksum. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis.
PAGE 744
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. Z9500 Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command. Parameters Defaults crc-upper Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation. The default is crc-lower. dest-ip Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing. The default is enabled.
PAGE 745
Term heading Description heading The different hash algorithms are based on the number of ECMP group members and packet values. The default hash algorithm yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide satisfactory distribution of traffic, use this command to designate another algorithm. When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group, the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members.
PAGE 746
Defaults crc16 algorithm Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing.
PAGE 747
Version Description 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hash-algorithm seed value [linecard slot] [port-set number] seed value Enter the keyword seed then the seed value. The range is from 0 to 4095. linecard slot Enter the keyword linecard then the linecard slot number. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set then the linecard port-pipe number.
PAGE 748
NOTE: While the seed is stored separately on each port-pipe, the same seed is used across all CAMs. You cannot separate LAG and ECMP but you can use different algorithms across the chassis with the same seed. If LAG member ports span multiple port-pipes and line cards, set the seed to the same value on each port-pipe to achieve deterministic behavior. If the hash algorithm configuration is removed, the hash seed does not go to the original factory default setting.
PAGE 749
link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. Z9500 Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [percent] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%.
PAGE 750
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show config Display the ECMP configuration.
PAGE 751
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. Z9500 Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 752
15 Flex Hash This chapter describes the Flex Hash enhancements. load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash feature. Z9500 Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. Version 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Flex hash uses the RTAG7 bins 2 and 3 (overlay bins).
PAGE 753
load-balance flexhash Configure Flex hash operation, such as whether IPv4 or IPv6 packets are processed by the Flex hash functionality, a unique protocol number, the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name.
PAGE 754
Version 9.3.0.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S6000 platform. With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows.
PAGE 755
Usage Information You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
PAGE 756
subinterface . If a Layer 3 interface is configured without the encapsulation 802.1Q VLAN ID or is an untagged interface in a VLAN , the dot1Q value is not preserved .
PAGE 757
FIPS Cryptography 16 To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Z9500 Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 758
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Z9500 Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.
PAGE 759
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell #show ip ssh SSH server SSH server version Password Authentication Hostbased Authentication RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 1 3des-cbc 2 3des-cbc : enabled. : v1 and v2. : enabled. : disabled. : disabled. HMAC Remote IP hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell #show ip ssh SSH server : enabled.
PAGE 760
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher to use. (For v2 clients only.) Without the FIPS mode enabled: • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: • aes128–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session.
PAGE 761
Defaults As indicated above. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 762
Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? aes128-cbc Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher Dell #ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 763
17 FIP Snooping To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the Z9500platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 764
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface fortyGigEport-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 765
debug fip snooping Enable debugging on FIP snooping. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug fip-snooping [all | acl | error | ifm | info | ipc | tx] all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging. error Enter the keyword error for error-specific debugging. ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging. ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging.
PAGE 766
Parameters packet-type interface Enter the keyword packet-type and then the option type on which to enable debugging. The options are: • all — Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. • discovery — Enter the keyword discovery to enable debugging on FCF advertisements and ENode solicitation. • virtual-link-instantiation — Enter the keywords virtual-link-instantiation to enable debugging on FLOGI, FDISC, and FLOGO packets.
PAGE 767
feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. Z9500 Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 768
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is four.
PAGE 769
fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. Z9500 Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping portmode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 770
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values.
PAGE 771
show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 772
show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping fcf [fcf-mac-address] fcf-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 773
------- ------------- ---- ------ -------------- ------------54:7f:ee:37:34:40 Po 22 100 0e:fc:00 4000 2 show fip-snooping sessions Display information on FIP-snooped sessions on all VLANs or a specified VLAN, including the ENode interface and MAC address, the FCF interface and MAC address, VLAN ID, FCoE MAC address and FCoE session ID number (FC-ID), worldwide node name (WWNN) and the worldwide port name (WWPN).
PAGE 774
Example Field Description VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FCoE MAC MAC address of the FCoE session the FCF assigns. FC-ID Fibre Channel ID the FCF assigns. Port WWPN Worldwide port name of the CNA port. Port WWNN Worldwide node name of the CNA port.
PAGE 775
port-type port/ slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics displays. port-channelnumber Enter the port channel number of the FIP packet statistics displays. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 776
Example 776 Field Description Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop multicast discovery advertisements received on the interface. Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery advertisements received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Accepts Number of FIP FLOGI accept frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Rejects Number of FIP FLOGI reject frames received on the interface.
PAGE 777
Number of FDISC Accepts :16 Number of FDISC Rejects :0 Number of FLOGO Accepts :0 Number of FLOGO Rejects :0 Number of CVL :0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell(conf)# Dell# show fip-snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet 1/11 Number of Vlan Requests :1 Number of Vlan Notifications :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :1 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :1 Number of FDISC :16 Numb
PAGE 778
show fip-snooping system Display information on the status of FIP snooping on the switch (enabled or disabled), including the number of FCoE VLANs, FCFs, ENodes, and currently active sessions. Z9500 Syntax show fip-snooping system Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 779
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example FIP Snooping Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 780
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking OS. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a highspeed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 781
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 782
To disable debugging, use the no debug frrp {event | packet | detail} {ring-id} [countnumber] command. Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number.
PAGE 783
description Enter an identifying description of the ring. Syntax description Word To remove the ring description, use the no description [Word] command. Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 784
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 785
secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword secondary to configure the secondary interface then one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID.
PAGE 786
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8.
PAGE 787
Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode. Defaults Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 788
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 789
Usage Information Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 790
Example (2 Summary) Dell#show frrp 2 summary Related Commands protocol frrp — enters the resilient ring protocol and designate a ring identification. Dell#show frrp 2 summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ----------------------------------------------2 Up Master 2 11-20, 25, 27-30 Dell# timer Set the hello interval or dead interval for the Ring control packets.
PAGE 791
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node. The dead interval command is the time that elapses before a time-out occurs.
PAGE 792
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 19 The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 793
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 794
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Z9500 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 795
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 796
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. Z9500 Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 797
Usage Information Related Commands • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval. • Leave Timer — Leave announces the willingness to de-register with other participants. Together with Join, Leave messages help GARP participants complete attribute reregistration and de-registration.
PAGE 798
Related Commands disable — globally disables GVRP. gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. Z9500 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default.
PAGE 799
about the VLAN through GVRP. If the VLAN is removed from the port that sends GVRP advertisements to this device, the port stops being a member of the VLAN. To advertise or learn about VLANs through GVRP, use the forbidden command when you do not want the interface. Related Commands show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration including the registration. protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. Z9500 Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 800
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 801
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 802
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 803
summary • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Enter the keyword summary to display just a summary of the GVRP statistics.
PAGE 804
Join Empty Transmitted: 156 Join In Transmitted: 0 Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave In Transmitted: 0 Leave Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave All Transmitted: 41 Invalid Messages/Attributes skipped: 0 Failed Registrations: 0 Dell# Related Commands 804 show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 805
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 20 IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocolindependent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
PAGE 806
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 807
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging of IGMP packets corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 808
ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 809
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 810
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database.
PAGE 811
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 812
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 813
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. E-Series legacy command.
PAGE 814
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.
PAGE 815
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF and Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups.
PAGE 816
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 817
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Changed the default IGMP from version 2 to version 3. Introduced on the S6000-ON 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 818
detail • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 819
Example Example (VLT) Field Description Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.
PAGE 820
show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IGMP interfaces associated with that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 821
Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. The show ip igmp interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
PAGE 822
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show ip igmp ssm-map Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.5 Uptime 00:11:22 Expires Never Router mode INCLUDE Last reporter 35.0.0.2 Group source list Source address Expires 65.0.0.
PAGE 823
• IGMP snooping does not react to Layer 2 topology changes triggered by spanning tree protocol (STP). • IGMP snooping reacts to Layer 2 topology changes multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP) triggers by sending a general query on the interface that comes in the FWD state. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Querier • The IGMP snooping Querier supports version 2. • You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin.
PAGE 824
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on S-Series and Z–Series. IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] • To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command.
PAGE 825
Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping. Syntax ip igmp snooping enable To disable IGMP snooping, use the no ip igmp snooping enable command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 826
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 827
ip igmp snooping flood This command controls the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp snooping flood Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.
PAGE 828
Parameters milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 829
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 830
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 831
• detail For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 832
Member Ports: Te 1/17 Dell# show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number] vlan number Enter the keyword vlan then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 833
21 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • EIS Commands • Port Channel Commands • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 834
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255.
PAGE 835
Example Dell#clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Related Commands mac learning-limit — allows aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs. show interfaces — displays information on the interfaces. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface.
PAGE 836
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#clear dampening tegigabitethernet 1/10 Clear dampening counters on TeGi 1/10 [confirm] y Dell# Related Commands show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. dampening — configures dampening on an interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface.
PAGE 837
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. With each flap, the system penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life.
PAGE 838
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 839
Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the Management interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the Management interface to transmit in both directions. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 840
Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port. tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from the port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
PAGE 841
The pause: • Starts when either the packet pointer or the buffer threshold is met (whichever is met first). When the discard threshold is met, packets are dropped. • Ends when both the packet pointer and the buffer threshold fall below 50% of the threshold settings. The discard threshold defines when the interface starts dropping the packet on the interface. This may be necessary when a connected device does not honor the flow control frame sent by the switch.
PAGE 842
show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. Z9500 Syntax Parameters interface interface range interface range Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0. • For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 843
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a physical interface. By default, physical interfaces are disabled (shutdown) and are not assigned to an IP address or switchport.
PAGE 844
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 845
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.
PAGE 846
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 847
Parameters interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel, or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. You can enter up to six comma-separated ranges. Spaces are not required between the commas. Comma-separated ranges can include VLANs, port-channels, and physical interfaces. Slot/Port information must contain a space before and after the dash.
PAGE 848
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When creating an interface range, interfaces appear in the order they are entered; they are not sorted. The command verifies that interfaces are present (physical) or configured (logical). Important Points to Remember: • • • • • Bulk configuration is created if at least one interface is valid. Non-existing interfaces are excluded from the bulk configuration with a warning message.
PAGE 849
Example (Multiple Range) This example shows how to use commas to add different interface types to the range enabling all 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces in the range 2/1 to 2/23 and both 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces 1/1 and 1/2. Dell(config-if)# interface range tengigabitethernet 2/1-23, tengigabitethernet 1/1-2 Dell(config-if-range)# no shutdown Dell(config-if-range)# Example (Multiple Range) This example shows how to use commas to add VLAN and port-channel interfaces to the range.
PAGE 850
• For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 851
interface range macro name – runs an interface range macro. interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters interface range macro name name Enter the name of an existing macro. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 852
interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters interface vlan vlan-id vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 853
keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. Z9500 Syntax keepalive [seconds] To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Parameters seconds (OPTIONAL) For interfaces with PPP encapsulation enabled, enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets. The range is from 0 to 23767. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 854
linecard portmode Split a single 40G port into four 10G ports on the switch. Z9500 Syntax Parameters linecard slot-id port number portmode quad linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card to reset. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. number Enter the port number of the 40G port to be split. A 40G port number is a multiple of 4; for example, 0, 4, 8, 12, ... 120, 124, 128). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 855
Parameters interface linecard slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0). • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 856
Example Key Description monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa-versa. c Refresh the view. b Change the counters displayed from Packets on the interface to Bytes. r Change the [delta] column from change in the number of packets/bytes in the last interval to rate per second.
PAGE 857
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/52 Down Fo 2/56 Down Fo 2/60 Down Fo 2/64 Down Fo 2/68 Down Fo 2/72 Down Fo 2/76 Down Fo 2/80 Down Fo 2/84 Down Fo 2/88 Down Fo 2/92 Down Fo 2/96 Down screen 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interval q - Quit c - Clear r - Display a - Page down t - Decrease Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating s
PAGE 858
0 0 0 0 0 Fo 2/36 Down Fo 2/40 Up Fo 2/44 Up Ma 0/0 Down screen 12 0 13 12 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 17 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interval q - Quit c - Clear r - Display a - Page down t - Decrease Dell# monitor interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 4 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 859
pps pps pps Output underruns: Output throttles: screen 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh interval q - Quit c - Clear a - Page down t - Decrease mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. Z9500 Syntax mtu value To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command. Parameters value Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is from 592 to 9216. The default is 9216.
PAGE 860
When you enter the no mtu command, the system reduces the IP MTU value to 1536 bytes. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows. port channels: • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value. • The port channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members.
PAGE 861
Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 862
Example Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 802.
PAGE 863
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on physical and virtual interfaces.
PAGE 864
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Resetting is a soft reboot, including flushing the forwarding tables.
PAGE 865
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if)#show conf ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 866
switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1-2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface, or the interfaces of the same type on a line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show interfaces [interface] [linecard slot-id] interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • linecard slot-id For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 867
Usage Information Version Description 9.1(0.0) Updated ManagementEthernet output to include two global IPv6 addresses on S4810 and Z9000 and added output example showing OpenFlow instance ID. 8.3.12.1 Updated command output to support multiple IPv6 addresses on S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to support eSR4 optics in Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 868
Line Description Pluggable media present... Present pluggable media wavelength, type, and rate.
PAGE 869
Line Description – CRC = packets with CRC/FCS errors – overrun = number of packets discarded due to FIFO overrun conditions – discarded = the sum of runts, giants, CRC, and overrun packets discarded without any processing Output Statistics: Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including: • Number of packets, bytes, and underruns out of the interface • Packet size and the number of those packets outbound to the interface • Number of Multicast, Broadcast, and Unicast packets: – Multica
PAGE 870
byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 871
0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 01:21:35 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength is 0.
PAGE 872
Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 01:22:55 Example (ManagementE thernet Interface with two IPv6 addresses) Dell# show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Current address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Pluggable media not present Interface index is 302006472 Internet address is 10.16.130.
PAGE 873
show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S-Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show range – displays all interfaces configured using the interface range command. show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non-default configuration.
PAGE 874
byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 875
Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show interfaces dampening [[interface] [linecard slot-id] [summary] [detail]] interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 876
Example Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell# show interfaces dampening tengigabitethernet 2 Interface Supp Flaps Penalty Half-Life Reuse Suppress Max-Sup State Te 2/0 Up 0 0 5 200 250 300 Dell# show interfaces dampening summary 1 interface is configured with dampening. No interfaces are currently suppressed.
PAGE 877
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Interfaces Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 878
Series line cards support both full-duplex and half-duplex 1000BaseT. Phy Specific Control Phy Specific Status Values are: • 0 - Manual MDI • 1 - Manual MDIX • 2 - N/A • 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Displays PHY-specific status information.
PAGE 879
ParallelDetectionFault: False ... Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface.
PAGE 880
Example 880 Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 881
Fo Fo Fo Fo Related Commands 2/176 2/180 2/184 2/188 Down Down Down Down 40000 40000 40000 40000 Mbit Mbit Mbit Mbit Auto Auto Auto Auto ----- show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces vlan Display VLAN statistics. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show interfaces vlan {vlan-id} [LINE] {description} vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 882
show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. Z9500 Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 883
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). Z9500 Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 884
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down.
PAGE 885
auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to autonegotiate its speed. Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.
PAGE 886
Parameters backup interface Use this option to configure a redundant Layer 2 link without using Spanning Tree. The keywords backup interface configures a backup port so that if the primary port fails, the backup port changes to the up state. If the primary later comes up, it becomes the backup. tengigabit Enter the keyword tengigabit if the backup port is a 10G port. fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE if the backup port is a 40G port.
PAGE 887
When you enter the switchport command, the interface is automatically added to the default VLAN. To use the switchport backup interface command on a port, first enter the switchport command. For more information, refer to the “Configuring Redundant Links” section in the “Layer 2” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Related Commands interface port-channel — creates a port channel interface.
PAGE 888
Defaults None. Command Modes EIS Mode (conf-mgmt-eis) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 889
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 890
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell#show ip management-eis-route Destination Gateway ----------------10.11.0.0/16 ManagementEthernet 0/0 172.16.1.0/24 10.11.192.
PAGE 891
show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Z9500 Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 892
NOTE: The implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter. For more information about configuring and using Port Channels, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode.
PAGE 893
Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel. The mtu and ip mtu commands are only available when the chassis is in Jumbo mode.
PAGE 894
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 895
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Port Channel interfaces are logical interfaces and can be either in Layer 2 mode (by using the switchport command) or Layer 3 mode (by configuring an IP address).
PAGE 896
shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Z9500 Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 897
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. Z9500 Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 898
show config Display the current configuration of the selected LAG. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 899
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Interfaces Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 900
Example 900 Field Description Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte...
PAGE 901
Dell# User Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the following example. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down — if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 902
Parameters outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel then the number of the port channel to display flow information. incominginterface interface Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 903
Usage Information Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets). The show port-channel-flow command returns the egress port identification in a given port-channel if a valid flow is entered. A mismatched flow error occurs if MAC-based hashing is configured for a Layer 2 interface and you are trying to display a Layer 3 flow.
PAGE 904
• Line-card slot 0 uses three NPUs numbered 0 to 2. • Line-card slot 1 uses four NPUs numbered 0 to 3. • Line-card slot 2 uses four NPUs numbered 0 to 3. SFM NPUs are numbered 0 to 5. Line-card and SFM NPUs use HiGig port channels to transmit data. • An SFM NPU uses 11 HiGig port channels, one port channel to transmit data to each line-card NPU. Each HiGig port channel in an SFM NPU consists of two HiGig links. • A line-card NPU supports 12 front-end I/O ports and 12 backplane HiGig ports.
PAGE 905
Example Dell# clear hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 0 port 59 Dell# show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 0 port 59 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/0/59, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 1
PAGE 906
Command Mode Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 switch. You can configure HiGig link bundle monitoring so that a system log message or an SNMP trap is generated when traffic distribution in a bundle is uneven. The formula that determines uneven traffic distribution is predefined.
PAGE 907
Parameters Command Modes Command History percentage Trigger threshold (in percentage of link-bundle bandwidth) at which an SNMP trap is generated. Valid values are 1 to 90. CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. Defaults The default trigger-threshold value is 60.
PAGE 908
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Added support for the hg-stats option on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 909
Example (SFM HiGig Port) Dell# show hardware sfm 5 hg-stats port 19 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 3/5/19, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 63970532045 packets, 5117642582960 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 63970531981 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127byte pkts 0 over
PAGE 910
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 switch. The following table illustrates the fields displayed in the output of this command: Field Description Link-bundle trigger threshold Percentage value of link-bundle bandwidth that serves as the threshold for marking a link bundle as being overutilized, triggering link-bundle monitoring, and generating an SNMP alarm. Slot Slot number of a Z9500 line card.
PAGE 911
snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm Enable the generation of SNMP traps and notifications when HiGig link-bundle monitoring is enabled. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm hg-lbm Enter the keyword hg-lbm to enable traps for HiGig linkbundle monitoring. CONFIGURATION mode Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform.
PAGE 912
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.7.
PAGE 913
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.7.
PAGE 914
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 915
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 22 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • • • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 916
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic.
PAGE 917
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets. Dell(conf)#int ten 0/4 Dell(conf-if-te-0/4)#ipv6 address 200:1::/64 eui64 Dell(conf)#int ten 0/6 Dell(conf-if-te-0/6)#ipv6 address 801:10::/64 eui64 crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec.
PAGE 918
Usage Information This command creates a crypto policy entry and enters the crypto policy configuration mode for configuring the flow parameters. Example Dell(conf)#crypto ipsec policy West 10 ipsec-manual Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. Z9500 Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy..
PAGE 919
To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number. sourceipaddress | ipv6 address Enter the keyword source then the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the source. mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number.
PAGE 920
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. Z9500 Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
PAGE 921
show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec transform-set name name Enter the name of the transform set. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 922
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 923
Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : a::2 : /128 : 21 : : Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 3 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 21 a::2 /128 0 Dell# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses.
PAGE 924
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Z9500 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
PAGE 925
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP.
PAGE 926
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases. This behavior reduces the potential for the system to slow down while waiting for a multitude of ARP responses. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries.
PAGE 927
arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. Z9500 Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 5 to 20. The default is 5. Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 928
Parameters seconds Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes. Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 929
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then the IP address of the ARP entry you wish to clear. no-refresh (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-refresh to delete the ARP entry from CAM.
PAGE 930
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 931
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command.
PAGE 932
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip route — assigns an IP route to the switch. show ip route — views the routing table. show ip route summary — views a summary of the routing table.
PAGE 933
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip traffic — displays IP traffic statistics. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp] all Enter the keyword all to clear TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors.
PAGE 934
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show tcp statistics — displays TCP traffic statistics. debug arp View information on ARP transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command.
PAGE 935
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option.
PAGE 936
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.
PAGE 937
debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). Z9500 Syntax debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 938
Example Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.40 echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.
PAGE 939
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 940
Field Description broad/multicast proto, unroutable TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets. UDP src= Displays the source and destination ports for the UDP packets. ICMP type= Displays the ICMP type and code.
PAGE 941
• IP protocol number: from 0 to 255 • Internet control message protocol (icmp) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) • Any internet protocol (ip) • Transmission Control Protocol (tcp) but not on the rst, syn, or urg bits • User Datagram Protocol (udp) In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the Example below).
PAGE 942
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 943
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. Z9500 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command.
PAGE 944
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. If you configure both the ip domain-name and ip domain-list commands, the software tries to resolve the name using the ip domain-name command. If the name is not resolved, the software goes through the list of names configured with the ip domain-list command to find a match.
PAGE 945
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To fully enable DNS, also specify one or more domain name servers with the ip name-server command. The system does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out all other interfaces, including the Management port. To view current bindings, use the show hosts command.
PAGE 946
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times.
PAGE 947
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 948
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 949
ip address Enter an IP address, in dotted decimal format, to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 950
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 951
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you enter the no mtu command, the system reduces the ip mtu value to 1536 bytes. To return the IP MTU value to the default, use the no ip mtu command. Compensate for Layer 2 header when configuring link MTU on an Ethernet interface or the system may not fragment packets.
PAGE 952
Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Z9500 Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...ipv4-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ip name-server ip-address command.
PAGE 953
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The system does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out on all other interfaces, including the Management port. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. Related Commands ipv6 name-server — configures an IPv6 name server. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface.
PAGE 954
Related Commands show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip route {destination mask {ip-address | interface [slot/port] | [tunnel tunnel-id] [distance] | [permanent] | tag tag-value}} To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
PAGE 955
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands IPv4 Routing Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface type. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 956
ip source-route Enable the system to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Z9500 Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 957
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 958
from the LPM routing table (RTM). To enable storage of IPv4 route prefixes in the LPM table, disable this setting by entering the no ipv4 unicast-host-route command.
PAGE 959
returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • ingress-port enable source-mac — Uses the source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. enable — Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations.
PAGE 960
Related Commands hash-algorithm ecmp — changes the hash algorithm across an ECMP. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 961
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for forty gigabit, vlan, and tengigabit ethernet interfaces. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.
PAGE 962
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1. The port range is 0. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 963
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.
PAGE 964
Internet Internet Internet Example (Private VLAN) 192.2.1.247 1 192.2.1.246 1 192.2.1.245 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 2/13 Te 2/13 Te 2/13 - CP CP CP NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN. Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10. Dell#show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU --------------------------------------------------------------Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e Vl 10 pv 200 CP Internet 5.5.5.
PAGE 965
show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. Z9500 Syntax show arp retries Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 966
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured).
PAGE 967
Name/address lookup uses Name servers are not set Host Flags TTL -------- -------ks (perm, OK) 4200-1 (perm, OK) 1230-3 (perm, OK) ZZr (perm, OK) Z10-3 (perm, OK) Dell# Related Commands static mappings Type ---IP IP IP IP IP Address ------2.2.2.2 192.68.69.2 192.68.99.2 192.71.18.2 192.71.23.1 traceroute — views the DNS resolution. ip host — configures a host. show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card.
PAGE 968
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 968 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 969
Example Dell#show ip cam linecard 1 port-set 0 Index Destination EC CG V C Next-Hop VId Mac-Addr Port ------ ----------------------------------- ---- ------------3276 6.6.6.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3277 5.5.5.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3278 4.4.4.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3279 3.3.3.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3280 2.2.2.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 11144 6.6.6.0 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.
PAGE 970
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Dell# 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 8 show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip fib linecard slot-id [ip-address/prefix-list | summary] slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address is dotted decimal format (A.
PAGE 971
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip fib command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address. Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address.
PAGE 972
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 973
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only.
PAGE 974
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1. The port range is 0. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number.
PAGE 975
Usage Information Example Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example. Lines Description TenGigabitEthern et 1/1... Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol status. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value. Inbound access...
PAGE 976
Example (Brief) Fields Description Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
PAGE 977
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 978
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.
PAGE 979
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. list prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list. For more information, refer to the show ip route list command. protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. • If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number .
PAGE 980
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
PAGE 981
type 1 N2- OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1 E2- OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1 L2- IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default >- non-active route + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 120/1 00:07:12 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 0/0 00:08:54 > R 100.10.10.
PAGE 982
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 983
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 984
Total 2 non-active route(s) using 128 bytes Dell> Related Commands show ip route — displays information about the routes found in the switch. show ip traffic View IP traffic statistics on Z9500 CPUs, including ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP counters. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip traffic {all | cp | rp} all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view IP traffic statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Control Processor.
PAGE 985
Usage Information The following describes the show ip traffic summary shown in the following example. Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets. Counts packets whose protocol type field is not recognized by the system. not a gateway... Packets can not be routed; the host/network is unreachable. security failures...
PAGE 986
Example • IP Statistics: Mcast: Sent: Object = f10McastPktSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.4 • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Request: Object = f10ArpReqRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.1 • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplyRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.3 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Request: Object = f10ArpReqSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.2 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
PAGE 987
show tcp statistics Display statistical information about TCP traffic transmitted on Z9500 CPUs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP statistics on Z9500 CPUs. cp Enter the keyword cp to view TCP statistics only from the Control Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp1 to view TCP statistics only from the Route Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Default Display TCP information from all processors.
PAGE 988
Field Description 0 checksum error... Displays the number of packets received with the following: • checksum errors • bad offset to data • too short 329 packets... Displays the number of packets and bytes received in sequence. 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received. 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order.
PAGE 989
Example Field Description 20 Total rxmt... Displays the number of times the switch tried to re-send data and the number of connections dropped during the TCP retransmit timeout period. 0 Keepalive.... Lists the number of keepalive packets in timeout, the number keepalive probes and the number of TCP connections dropped during keepalive.
PAGE 990
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 24 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 991
l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 992
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4} default l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13.
PAGE 993
Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
PAGE 994
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.
PAGE 995
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 996
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 997
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 998
address} [bit] [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 999
ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction.
PAGE 1000
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. Version 9.3(0.
PAGE 1001
ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1002
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.
PAGE 1003
of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 1004
permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 1005
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 1006
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 1007
Related Commands permit (for Standard IPv6 ACLs) – configures a filter to forward IPv6 packets. permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 1008
Version 9.3.0.0 Usage Information Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 1009
of ACL logs is terminate with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 1010
test cam-usage Verify that enough ACL CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. Z9500 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map-name linecard {slot-id | all} input policymap name Enter the name of the policy-map to be verified. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the Z9500 line card, which contains the ports on which you assigned the ACL. Enter all to display IPv6 ACL information on all line cards. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 1011
Example Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy requires.
PAGE 1012
25 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Enable LPM CAM partitioning to support the storage of extended IPv6 (/65 to /128) route prefixes in LPM partition 1.
PAGE 1013
Usage Information You can partition the LPM table to store extended IPv6 route prefixes with /65 to /128 mask lengths. LPM CAM partitioning requires a switch reload to take effect. To disable LPM CAM partitioning and return the number of the IPv6 /65-/128 route prefixes stored in Partition 1 to 0, enter the no cam-ipv6 extended-prefix command. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a Z9500 line card.
PAGE 1014
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] {* | ipv6-address prefixlength} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 1015
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. Z9500 Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1016
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1016 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Updated Usage Information. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1017
ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 To disable IPv6 EUI64 address autoconfiguration, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 prefix in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1018
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets per second that can be sent per second. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp errorrate-limit command. Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200, where 0 disables the rate-limiting.
PAGE 1019
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1020
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2...
PAGE 1021
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. ipv6 nd dad attempts To perform duplicate address detection (DAD) on the management interface, configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent.
PAGE 1022
ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [noadvertise] | [no-autoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128. default Enter the keyword default to set default parameters for all prefixes.
PAGE 1023
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and SSeries. By default, all prefixes configured as addresses on the interface are advertised. This command allows control over the individual parameters per prefix; you can use the default keyword to use the default parameters for all prefixes.
PAGE 1024
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1025
To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name]ipv6address prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] [weight] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 1026
permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route is not to be removed, even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. NOTE: If you disable the interface with an IPv6 address associated with the keyword permanent, the route disappears from the routing table. weight weightvalue Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 1027
You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect. Also, if a path corresponding to a static route (destination) has a non-zero weight assigned to it and other paths do not have any weight configured, then regular ECMP is used for forwarding. You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port.
PAGE 1028
Example Dell(conf)# ipv6 unicast-host-route Warning: Command will take effect for existing routes only when IPv6 route prefixes are cleared from RTM Dell(conf)#no ipv6 unicast-host-route Warning: Command will take effect for existing routes only when IPv6 route prefixes are cleared from RTM Dell(conf)# ipv6 unicast-routing Enable IPv6 Unicast routing. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 unicast-routing To disable unicast routing, use the no ipv6 unicast-routing command.
PAGE 1029
Disabling unicast routing on an E-Series chassis causes the following behavior: • static and protocol learned routes are removed from RTM and from the CAM; packet forwarding to these routes is terminated • connected routes and resolved neighbors remain in the CAM and new IPv6 neighbors are still discoverable • additional protocol adjacencies (OSPFv3 and BGP4) are brought down and no new adjacencies are formed • the IPv6 address family configuration (under router bgp) is deleted • IPv6 Multicast tra
PAGE 1030
show ipv6 cam linecard Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 cam linecard slot-id port-set {0-3} [summary | ipv6– address] line card slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. port-set Enter the keyword port—set followed by the port-pipe number. The range of Z9500 port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0; 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2.
PAGE 1031
Usage Information Example NOTE: If a route has a mask greater than 64, no output is displayed but an equivalent /64 entry is listed in the show ipv6 cam linecard {0–2} port-set {0-3} output. Similarly, if there is more than one ECMP object with a destination route that has a mask greater than 64, if the first 64 bits in the destination routes of the ECMP objects are the same, only one route is installed in CAM even though multiple ECMP path entries exist.
PAGE 1032
Number of CAM entries used by NBR entries = 0 Number of CAM entries used by Prefix entries = 1 Section Current Use Initial Size -------------------------------------128 0 147519 127 0 63 126 0 63 125 0 63 124 0 63 123 0 63 122 0 63 121 0 63 120 0 63 119 0 63 118 0 63 117 0 63 116 0 63 115 0 63 --More-- show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface.
PAGE 1033
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ipv6 management-route IPv6 Destination Gateway ---------------------2001:34::0/64 ManagementEthernet 0/0 2001:68::0/64 2001:34::16 Dell# State ----Connected Active show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting.
PAGE 1034
show ipv6 fib linecard View all FIB entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 fib [vrf vrf-name]linecard slot-id [summary | ipv6address] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the neighbor corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are cleared. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 1035
Usage Information Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms. Entries for camIndex displays as zero (0) on the show ipv6 fib linecard output for neighbor entries, such as address resolution protocol (ARP) entries.
PAGE 1036
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 nd dad attempts — Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 1037
managementet hernet slot/ port (OPTIONAL) View information on an IPv6 Management port. Enter the slot number (0-1) and port number zero (0). loopback (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 Loopback interfaces. port-channel (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 port channels. tengigabitether net (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 tengigabitethernet interface. fortyGigE (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 fortygigabitethernet interface.
PAGE 1038
IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686:7aff:feff:6f08 Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit int
PAGE 1039
ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 interface linecard 1 configured | grep ff02 ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:6 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:4 ff02::1:
PAGE 1040
Example Field Description Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received. Malformed Packets The number of MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets that do not match the requirement for a valid MLD packet.
PAGE 1041
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1042
00:01:e8:17:5c:ae Dell# REACH Te 1/2 Vl 100 CP Dell#show ipv6 neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr Clients * 10.1.3.2 RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult 10.1.3.1 Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Dell#show ipv6 neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 1043
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, routes corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1044
Usage Information Example (SSeries) 1044 Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 1045
type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, i - IS-IS, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * candidate default, Gateway of last resort is not set C C S L Dell# Destination Dist/Metric, Gateway, Last Change ----------------------------------------------------100::/64 [0/0] Direct, Te 1/12/1, 20:00:18 400::/64 [0/0] Direct, Tu 1, 00:09:02 800::/64 [1/0] via 100::1, Te 1/12/1, 00:00:50 fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 20:00:18 Dell
PAGE 1046
iSCSI Optimization 26 Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-apptlv iscsi command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1047
To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.6(0.
PAGE 1048
dscp dscpvalue Enter the DSCP value assigned to the incoming packets in an iSCSI session. The valid range is from 0 to 63. The default is: the DSCP value in ingress packets is not changed. remark Marks the incoming iSCSI packets with the configured dot1p or DSCP value when they egress to the switch. The default is: the dot1and DSCP values in egress packets are not changed. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1049
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi priority-bits Configure the priority bitmap that advertises in the iSCSI application TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits To remove the configured priority bitmap, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Defaults 4 (0x10 in the bitmap) Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP (only on the global, not on the interface) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1050
Version Description 9.6.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally, the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication is monitored. Syntax iscsi target port [tcp-port-2...tcp-port-16]ip-address [ipaddress] To remove the configured iSCSI target ports or IP addresses, use the no iscsi target port command. Parameters tcpport-2...tcpport - 16 Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports.
PAGE 1051
show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. Syntax show iscsi Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1052
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.
PAGE 1053
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.
PAGE 1054
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.0) Related Commands 1054 Introduced on the Z9500. • show iscsi— displays the currently configured iSCSI settings. • show iscsi session— displays detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch.
PAGE 1055
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 27 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 1056
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa).
PAGE 1057
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked.
PAGE 1058
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1059
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared.
PAGE 1060
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1061
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. Z9500 Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1062
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1063
graceful-restart details tied to the VRF that you specify. This information includes GR Hello, Internal State, and Event Debug details. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging information that includes all the logs that are related to graceful-restart. events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging information that includes logs that are related to generated events. hello Enter the keyword hello to enable debugging information that includes restart TLV related information.
PAGE 1064
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1065
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1066
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects. Z9500 Syntax debug isis update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1067
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [routemap map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to have the default route always advertised.
PAGE 1068
router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metricstyle command configuration. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the default-information originate command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in the LSPs is 63.
PAGE 1069
Related Commands Version Description pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. router isis — Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability.
PAGE 1070
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets. A low administrative distance indicates a high trust rate. A high value indicates a lower trust rate. For example, a weight of 255 is interpreted that the routing information source is not trustworthy and should be ignored. distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates.
PAGE 1071
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
PAGE 1072
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1073
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.
PAGE 1074
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1075
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network.
PAGE 1076
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command.
PAGE 1077
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 — configures the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated. This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request (an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV) until the CSNP is received from the helping router.
PAGE 1078
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command. Parameters level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies.
PAGE 1079
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
PAGE 1080
Related Commands graceful-restart restart-wait — enables the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. Z9500 Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | pointto-point] command.
PAGE 1081
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. Z9500 Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1082
Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsperrors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1083
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. • net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process.
PAGE 1084
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces.
PAGE 1085
Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1086
Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 1087
Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.
PAGE 1088
level-2 (OPTONAL) Select this value to configure the hello multiplier independently for Level 2 adjacencies. Defaults multiplier = 3; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1089
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface. Related Commands hello padding — turns ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs.
PAGE 1090
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics.
PAGE 1091
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1092
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. Z9500 Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password.
PAGE 1093
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To protect your network from unauthorized access, use this command to prevent unauthorized routers from forming adjacencies. You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the keywords level-1 and level-2. The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing, using the respective keywords level-1 or level-2.
PAGE 1094
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. You can configure priorities independently for Level 1 and Level 2. Priorities determine which router on a LAN is the designated router. Priorities are advertised within hellos. The router with the highest priority becomes the designated intermediate system (DIS).
PAGE 1095
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning.
PAGE 1096
Usage Information This command allows you to monitor adjacency state changes, which are useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system’s error message facility. lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs).
PAGE 1097
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability. Even though throttling LSP generations slows down network convergence, no throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected.
PAGE 1098
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. The link MTU and the LSP MTU size must be the same. Because each device can generate a maximum of 255 LSPs, consider carefully whether you use the lsp-mtu command. lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval.
PAGE 1099
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete.
PAGE 1100
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. To configure the number of area addresses on router, use this command. This value must be consistent with routers in the same area, otherwise the router forms only Level 2 adjacencies.
PAGE 1101
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Change the maximum LSP lifetime with this command. The maximum LSP lifetime must always be greater than the LSP refresh interval. The seconds parameter enables the router to keep LSPs for the specified length of time. If the value is higher, the overhead is reduced on slower-speed links. Related Commands lsp-refresh-interval — sets the link-state packet (LSP) refresh interval.
PAGE 1102
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. metric-style To generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV), configure a router.
PAGE 1103
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs.
PAGE 1104
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. Z9500 Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command.
PAGE 1105
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1106
redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {static | connected | rip} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To end redistribution or disable any of the specified keywords, use the no redistribute {static | connected | rip} [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 1107
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1108
redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters. Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1109
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.
PAGE 1110
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. The range is from 1 to 65355. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain.
PAGE 1111
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command.
PAGE 1112
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing.
PAGE 1113
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table.
PAGE 1114
Example (Router-Isis) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)#show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
PAGE 1115
detail (OPTIONAL) Displays the detailed link-state database information of each LSP when specified. If not specified, a summary displays. summary (OPTIONAL) Displays the summary of link-state database information when specified. lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP. system-id (OPTIONAL) Displays the link-state database for system-id. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1116
Field Description The last octet is the LSP number. An LSP is divided into multiple LSP fragments if there is more data than cannot fit in a single LSP. Each fragment has a unique LSP number. An * after the LSPID indicates that the system originates an LSP where this command was issued. Example LSP Seq Num This value is the sequence number for the LSP that allows other systems to determine if they have received the latest information from the source.
PAGE 1117
Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 2511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Hostname: ISIS IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.
PAGE 1118
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1119
show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show isis [vrf vrf-name] hostname vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS host names corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1120
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS interface status information corresponding to that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1121
TenGigabitEthernet 1/8 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 1122
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1123
IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.0000 Hold Time: 28 Link Local Address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:492c Topology: IPv4 IPv6 , Common (IPv4 IPv6 ) Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 Dell# show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show isis [vrf vrf-name] protocol vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS routing information corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1124
Interfaces supported by IS-IS: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 - IP - IPv6 TenGigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# show isis traffic This command allows you to display IS-IS traffic interface information.
PAGE 1125
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example. Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received.
PAGE 1126
IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: Dell# Level-1 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) Level-2 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) Level-1 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : Level-1 LSPs PSNPs (sent/rcvd) : Level-2 LSPs PSNPs (sent/rcvd) : Level-1 DR Elections : 4 Level-2 DR Elections : 4 Level-1 SPF Calculations : 0 Level-2 SPF Calculations : 389 LSP checksum errors received : 0 LSP authentication failures : 0 : 0/0 : 5934/5217 0/0 472/238 0/0 10/337 spf-i
PAGE 1127
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 7.5.1.0 Added support for SPF Throttling Enhancement.
PAGE 1128
28 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1129
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Z9500 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command.
PAGE 1130
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1131
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration.
PAGE 1132
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. Z9500 Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768.
PAGE 1133
port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state.
PAGE 1134
Mode Function automatically initiates negotiation with other ports by initiating LACP packets. passive An interface is not in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the passive state. Ports in a passive state respond to negotiation requests from other ports that are in active states. Ports in a passive state respond to LACP packets off An interface cannot be part of a dynamic port channel in off mode. LACP does not run on a port configured in off mode.
PAGE 1135
show lacp Display the LACP matrix. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Defaults Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters.
PAGE 1136
enabled L-Distribution disabled, M-Partner Defaulted, N-Partner Non-defaulted, O-Receiver is in expired state, P-Receiver is not in expired state Port Te 1/6 is enabled, LACP is Actor Admin: State ACEHJLMP Oper: State ACEGIKNP Partner Admin: State BDFHJLMP Oper: State BCEGIKNP Dell# Example (Sysid) enabled and mode is lacp Key 1 Priority 128 Key 1 Priority 128 Key 0 Priority 0 Key 1 Priority 128 Dell#show lacp 1 sys-id Actor System ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1137
29 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 1138
• vlan vlan-id For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1139
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 1140
output-range interface vlan vlan-id • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1141
Example (Multicast) mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2,Te 1/3} Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the MAC address table. mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change.
PAGE 1142
Defaults vlan vlan-id E-Series only: Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-moveviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. • On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age.
PAGE 1143
another interface. Enabling or disabling this option has no effect on already learned MAC addresses. After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter.
PAGE 1144
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1145
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port. Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes sticky for that port. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays the details of the mac learning-limit.
PAGE 1146
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state.
PAGE 1147
show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show cam mac linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe [address mac_addr | dynamic | interface interface | static | vlan vlanid] linecard slot-id (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information. The range of Z9500 slot IDs are from 0 to 2.
PAGE 1148
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1149
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot and port information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1150
Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: State Example Usage Information 1150 • po — Port Channel then a number.
PAGE 1151
Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). The following describes the show mac-address-table count command shown in the following example. Line Beginning With Description MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC...
PAGE 1152
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration.
PAGE 1153
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 1154
default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. Z9500 Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults The Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1155
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.
PAGE 1156
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1157
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch.
PAGE 1158
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Updated to support OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and SSeries and revised the output to include the Description field to display a user-entered VLAN description. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1159
Example Column Heading Description Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 1160
10 unassigned 20 2.3.3.3/24 30 2.1.1.
PAGE 1161
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1162
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1163
untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. Z9500 Syntax untagged interface To remove an untagged interface from a VLAN, use the no untagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1164
Usage Information Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command. To remove an untagged interface from all VLANs, including the Default VLAN, enter INTERFACE mode and use the no switchport command. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged.
PAGE 1165
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1166
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1167
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command. • fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. • fefd mode — changes FEFD mode on an interface.
PAGE 1168
fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Z9500 Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
PAGE 1169
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1170
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1171
interface is placed in “error-disabled” state, t enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1172
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1173
Te 1/5 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 Te 1/9 Te 1/10 Te 1/11 Dell# Related Commands Layer 2 Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive NA Aggressive 10 10 10 10 10 NA 10 Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Locally disabled Err-disabled • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 1174
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 30 Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1175
port-vlan-id Enter the keywords port-vlan-id to advertise the port VLAN identification TLV. vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and SSeries. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1176
Parameters max-framesize Enter the keywords max-frame-size to advertise the dot3 maximum frame size. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1177
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Modified to support management-address parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1178
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1179
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface.
PAGE 1180
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. Z9500 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
PAGE 1181
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1182
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer.
PAGE 1183
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface. Z9500 Syntax management-interface To remove LLDP configuration on a management interface, use the no management-interface command. Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1184
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1185
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. Z9500 Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1186
To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1187
detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display all the TLV information, remote management IP addresses, timers, and LLDP tx and rx counters. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.
PAGE 1188
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1189
show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show running-config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1190
The E-Series generally supports the commands. However, LLDP-MED commands are more useful on the C-Series and the S50V model of the S-Series, because they support Power over Ethernet (PoE) devices. As defined by ANSI/TIA-1057, LLDP-MED provides organizationally specific TLVs (Type Length Value), so that endpoint devices and network connectivity devices can advertise their characteristics and configuration information.
PAGE 1191
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1192
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1193
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 1194
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Advertise the Extended Power via MDI on all ports that are connected to an 802.3af powered, LLDP-MED endpoint device. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1195
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1196
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1197
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1198
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1199
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1200
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1201
Microsoft Network Load Balancing 31 Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 1202
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for the association of an IP address with a multicast MAC address on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Added support for the association of an IP address with a multicast MAC address on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1203
information inside the ARP packet. This unicast data traffic flooding occurs only for those packets which use these ARP entries. mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address) To configure the multicast mode of network load balancing (NLB) on the switch, you must associate a multicast MAC address with the VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic, and add output ports that will receive multicast streams on the VLAN in the MAC address table.
PAGE 1204
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Added support for multicast MAC address on the MXL platform. Usage Information When a multicast source and multicast receivers are in the same VLAN, you can configure a router so that multicast traffic is switched only to the ports assigned to a VLAN that is associated with a static multicast MAC address.
PAGE 1205
32 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands This section describes the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1206
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword snooping on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1207
mask Enter the mask in slash prefix formation ( /x ) or in dotted decimal format. null 0 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword null then zero (0). [protocol [process-id | tag] ip-address] (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the routing protocols: • Enter the BGP as-number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding (RPF) neighbor. The range is from 1 to 65535. • Enter the OSPF process identification number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor.
PAGE 1208
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF. limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000.
PAGE 1209
ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. Z9500 Syntax ip multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name] To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing [vrf vrf-name] command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1210
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes. group-address [sourceaddress] (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Enter the source-address to view routes with that group-address and source-address.
PAGE 1211
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword vlt to the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.4.1.1 Support for the keyword snooping and the optional vlan vlan-id, group-address, and source-address parameters were added on E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1212
Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 1213
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1214
Parameters int-count Enter the keyword count to indicate the number of required debug messages. interface type Enter the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10G Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40G interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a management interface, enter the keyword managementinterface then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1215
limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1216
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 33 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. clear ip msdp peer Reset the TCP connection to the peer and clear all the peer statistics.
PAGE 1217
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1218
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1219
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. Z9500 Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). pim Enter the keyword pim to debug advertisement from PIM.
PAGE 1220
To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cacherejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1221
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1222
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name.
PAGE 1223
group, member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the mesh-group. However, member X cannot forward the SA message to other members of the mesh-group. ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command.
PAGE 1224
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command.
PAGE 1225
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1226
ip msdp redistribute Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache. SAs which the ACL denies time out and are not refreshed. Until they time out, they continue to reside in the MSDP SA cache. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip msdp redistribute [list acl-name] list acl-name lEnter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1227
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
PAGE 1228
ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000. Defaults 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1229
ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1230
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary.
PAGE 1231
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Dell#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 1232
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1232 Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa MSDP Rejected SA Cache 200 rejected SAs 1000 UpTime GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 00:00:13 225.1.2.1 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.2 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.
PAGE 1233
34 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax debug spanning-tree mstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, enter no debug spanning-tree mstp Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1234
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1235
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 1236
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs).
PAGE 1237
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB.
PAGE 1238
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Z9500 Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command.
PAGE 1239
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced. The max-hops command is a configuration command that applies to both the IST and all MST instances in the MSTP region. The BPDUs sent out by the root switch set the remaining-hops parameter to the configured value of max-hops. When a switch receives the BPDU, it decrements the received value of the remaining hops and uses the resulting value as remaining-hops in the BPDUs.
PAGE 1240
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region.
PAGE 1241
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. revision — assigns the revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1242
Usage Information MSTP is not enabled when you enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. To enable MSTP globally on the switch, enter the no disable command while in MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information about the multiple spanning tree protocol, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree mstp Dell(config-mstp)#no disable Related Commands disable — disables multiple spanning tree.
PAGE 1243
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MST region, the switches must share the same revision number. Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. name — assigns the region name to the MST region. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1244
max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1245
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instancenumber (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 1246
hops 5 Current root has priority 16384, Address 0001.e800.0a5c Number of topology changes 0, last change occurred 3058087 Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1247
Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 We are the root of MSTI 0 (CIST) Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 CIST external path cost 0 Number of topology changes 1, last change occured 00:00:15 ago on Te 0/0 Port 257 (TenGigabitEthernet 0/0) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.
PAGE 1248
Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1249
Defaults • cost = depends on the interface type • priority = 128 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1250
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1251
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1252
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 35 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1253
cost Specifies the stub area’s advertised external route metric. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1254
defaultinformationoriginate (OPTIONAL) Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1255
suppressed and the component networks remain hidden from other areas.) Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1256
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1257
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.
PAGE 1258
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf process-id statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1259
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1260
Usage Information 1260 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the database-timer rate-limit option for the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below.
PAGE 1261
Example Field Description auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used. keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 1262
default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure the system. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised.
PAGE 1263
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1264
description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. Z9500 Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1265
Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format. access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard access list, up to 140 characters. Defaults 110 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1266
Defaults inter-area dist2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords inter-area then a number to specify a distance metric for routes between areas. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. intra-area dist1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords intra-area then a number to specify a distance metric for all routes within an area. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 1267
Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For Z9500, the range is from 1 to 512. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1268
distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed.
PAGE 1269
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF.
PAGE 1270
fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time. Z9500 Syntax fast-convergence {number} To cancel fast-convergence, use the no fast convergence command. Parameters number Enter the convergence level desired. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults none.
PAGE 1271
flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior. Z9500 Syntax flood-2328 To disable, use the no flood-2328 command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1272
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command. Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process.
PAGE 1273
Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1274
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1275
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Added Restart and Helper roles support on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type.
PAGE 1276
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1277
ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1278
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 1279
To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf hello-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1280
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 9.1(0.0) Included usage information on maximum number of digest keys per interface. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1281
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1282
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1283
Usage Information Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a designated router or backup designated router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not pointto-point networks. ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command.
PAGE 1284
Usage Information Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions. For example, the interval must be larger for interfaces connected to virtual links. ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission.
PAGE 1285
log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set the system. Z9500 Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1286
Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1287
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. This command is either enabled or disabled. If no OSPF process is identified as the MIB manager, the first OSPF process is used. If an OSPF process has been selected, it must be disabled prior to assigning new process ID the MIB responsibility. network area Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces.
PAGE 1288
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area.
PAGE 1289
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF.
PAGE 1290
• All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. no passive-interface interface • Remove the interface from the passive list. • The ABR status for the router is updated. • If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passiveinterface interface into the running configuration. No passive-interface default • Clear everything and revert to the default behavior. • All previously marked passive interfaces are removed.
PAGE 1291
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1292
• 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1293
Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1-2 to redistribute both IS-IS Level-1 and Level-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-2 routes. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number. The range is from 0 (zero) to 4294967295.
PAGE 1294
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. Z9500 Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1295
n]: Dell# router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. Z9500 Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To clear an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf name (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1296
After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 2 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1297
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1298
Line Beginning with Description “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...” Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID. Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 1.1.1.
PAGE 1299
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. To isolate problems with external routes, use this command.
PAGE 1300
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1301
Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands Type-5 AS External ADV Router Age Seq# 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000052 192.68.135.2 908 0x8000002a 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 13.1.1.1 1184 0x80000068 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 11.1.2.1 718 0x80000002 192.68.135.2 1663 0x80000054 13.1.1.1 1192 0x8000006b 13.1.1.1 1184 0x8000006b 13.1.1.
PAGE 1302
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1303
Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000000f Checksum: 0x8221 Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information.
PAGE 1304
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1304 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1305
Example Field Description TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, data traffic is forwarded to the originating router. External Route Tag Displays the 32-bit field attached to each external route.
PAGE 1306
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database network [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1307
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1308
Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] link-state-id adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1309
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1310
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database opaquearea command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1311
Checksum: 0x376 Length: 28 Opaque Type: 1 Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information.
PAGE 1312
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information.
PAGE 1313
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information.
PAGE 1314
Usage Information 1314 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age.
PAGE 1315
Example Item Description (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics. Dell#show ip ospf 100 database router OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1316
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database summary Display the network summary (type 3) LSA routing information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database summary [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1317
Usage Information Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1318
LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1319
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1320
Example Item Description Timer intervals... This line displays the interface’s timer settings for Hello interval, Dead interval, Transmit Delay (Wait), and Retransmit Interval. Hello due... This line displays the amount time until the next Hello packet is sent out this interface. Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor.
PAGE 1321
show ip ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbors connected to the local router. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id neighbor process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1322
Example Dell#show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.1 Dell# Pri State Dead Time Address 1 FULL/DR 00:00:32 182.10.10.3 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 192.10.10.2 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Interface Area Te 0/0 0.0.0.2 Te 0/1 0.0.0.1 Te 0/1 0.0.0.1 show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id routes process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1323
Example • The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. • For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed. Dell#show ip ospf 100 route Prefix Cost Nexthop 1.1.1.1 1 0.0.0.0 3.3.3.3 2 13.0.0.3 13.0.0.0 1 0.0.0.0 150.150.150.0 2 13.0.0.3 172.30.1.0 2 13.0.0.3 Dell# Interface Lo 0 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Area 0 1 0 1 Type Intra-Area Intra-Area Intra-Area External Intra-Area show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics.
PAGE 1324
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1324 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1325
Row Heading Description Hello-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the hello packets. LSR-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state request packets. Other-Q The queue, for transmission or reception, for the link state acknowledgement, database description, and update packets. The following describes the error definitions for the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command.
PAGE 1326
Total Error Hello DDiscr LSReq LSUpd LSAck RX 10 0 8 2 0 0 0 TX 10 0 10 0 0 0 0 OSPF Global Queue Length TxQ-Len RxQ-Len Hello-Q 0 0 LSR-Q 0 0 Other-Q 0 0 Tx-Mark 0 0 0 Rx-Mark 2 0 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Err Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Err AreaMis Seq-No Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Org 0 Nbr-State 0 Chksum 0 Conf-Issues 0 Socket 0 Error packets (Only for TX) Socket Errors Dell# Usage Information Example (Statistics) 0 The show ip o
PAGE 1327
Related Commands clear ip ospf statistics — clears the packet statistics in all interfaces and neighbors. show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1328
show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id topology process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1329
summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. Z9500 Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
PAGE 1330
With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes. For example, if you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1.1.0.0/16. Related Commands area range — summarizes routes within an area.
PAGE 1331
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage.
PAGE 1332
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1333
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis. Most changes were necessary to handle the increased address size of IPv6. The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv3 is based on IETF RFC 2740.
PAGE 1334
For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1335
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Z9500 Syntax Parameters area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryptionalgorithm [key-encryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
PAGE 1336
Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1337
To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no area area-id encryption spi number command. Related Commands ipv6 ospf encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface. show crypto ipsec policy – display the configuration of IPsec encryption policies. clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process.
PAGE 1338
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1339
00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: BFD parameters interval 100 min_rx 100 mult 3 role active 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 Aug 25 11:19:59: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %BFDMGR-1-BFD_STATE_CHANGE: Changed session state to Init for neighbor fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b: 7720 on interface Te 1/2 (diag: NBR_DN) Aug 25 11:20:00: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %BFDMGR-1-BFD_STATE_CHANGE: Changed session state to Up fo
PAGE 1340
Example Command Fields 1340 Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Dell#debug ipv6 ospf packet OSPFv3 packet related debugging is on for all interfaces 05:21:01 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Po 255 05:21:03 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.255, Area ID:0, Chksum:a177, Inst:0, from Vl 100 05:20:25 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:4(LS Update), Len:580, Router ID:223.255.255.
PAGE 1341
default-information originate Configure the system to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised.
PAGE 1342
graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart graceperiod. Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process.
PAGE 1343
graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart mode {planned-only | unplanned-only} To disable graceful restart mode, enter no graceful-restart mode. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only.
PAGE 1344
ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf process id areaarea id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. area area-id Specify the OSPF area. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1345
keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (nonencrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1346
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in authentication policies. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 1347
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command. Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if you configure BFD in CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1348
Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: • 10-Gigabit Ethernet—Default cost is 1 • 40-Gigabit Ethernet — Default cost is 1 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf dead-interval command.
PAGE 1349
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryptionalgorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1350
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1351
ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject. Defaults The helper-reject role is not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1352
To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1353
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1354
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths.
PAGE 1355
passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. Z9500 Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passiveinterface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1356
On configuring suppression using the passive-interface command, the state of the OSPF neighbor does not change to INIT; instead, the state of the OSPF neighbor changes to DOWN after the dead-timer expires. redistribute Redistribute into OSPFv3. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {bgp as number}{connected | static}[metric metricvalue | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tagvalue] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command.
PAGE 1357
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3. The range is from 0 to 4294967295 The default is 0. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1358
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1359
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor.
PAGE 1360
show crypto ipsec policy Command Fields Field Description Policy name Displays the name of an IPsec policy. Policy refcount Number of interfaces on the router that use the policy. Inbound ESP SPI The encapsulating security payload (ESP) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP SPI Inbound ESP Auth Key The ESP authentication key for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP Auth Key Inbound ESP Cipher Key The ESP encryption key for inbound and outbound links.
PAGE 1361
Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1362
IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-600 inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name
PAGE 1363
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] processnumber Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1364
If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers. Example Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 interface tengigabitethernet 1/2 TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.1 NetworkType BROADCAST, Cost: 1, Passive: No Transmit Delay is 100 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Interface is using OSPF global mode BFD configuration.
PAGE 1365
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series TeraScale routers. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series.
PAGE 1366
LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID ID Int
PAGE 1367
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1368
• holdtime = 10 seconds Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON, S6000, S4820T, S4810, S5000.
PAGE 1369
Pay As You Grow 36 The Pay As You Grow (PAYG) software feature allows you to purchase a Z9500 switch with 36 40G ports (144 10G ports) and upgrade to a larger number of ports as your networking needs grow. install license Install the license for Z9500 ports from local flash, a remote server using a file transfer method, or an external flash device.
PAGE 1370
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. If your Z9500 switch has a 36 40G-port license, all 40G ports (144 10G ports) on line card 0 are enabled and usable. You can purchase a license to use additional ports: • 84 40G ports on line cards 0 and 1 (336 10G ports) • 132 40G ports on line cards 0, 1, and 2 (528 10G ports) You can upgrade from a 36 40G-port to either an 84 40G-port or 132 40G-port license. You can upgrade from an 84 40G-port to a 132 40G-port license.
PAGE 1371
show license Check the status of a Z9500 license and display the number of usable ports or verify a license stored on a remote server before you install it. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show license [flash://filepath | ftp://userid:password@host-ip/ filepath | scp://userid:password@hostip/filepath | tftp://hostip/filepath | usbflash://filepath] flash://filepath Enter flash://filepath to display a license stored in a local flash directory on the switch.
PAGE 1372
Example If no license is installed, information about the factory-installed 36 40G-port or 132 40G-port configuration is displayed. Dell# show license LICENSE INFORMATION Vendor : Product : System Service Tag: License Service Tag: Current State : Next Boot : Dell Dell Force10 Z950 RtHvKsJ HW-Port-License 36 Ports (Fo 0/0-Fo 0/140) HW-Port-License 36 Ports (Fo 0/0-Fo 0/140) If an 84 40G-port license is installed, the following information is displayed.
PAGE 1373
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 37 The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1374
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node. Any stale information corresponding to the existing mapping configuration is updated.
PAGE 1375
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted. The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer.
PAGE 1376
register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
PAGE 1377
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1378
hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. The range is from zero (0) to 32. The default is 30. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is from zero (0) to 255. The default is zero (0). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1379
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series on port-channels and the SSeries.
PAGE 1380
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1381
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)#exit Dell(conf)#int tengig 1/1 Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature.
PAGE 1382
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim query-interval Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages. Syntax ip pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command.
PAGE 1383
ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] register-filter access-list To return to the default, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] registerfilter access-list command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1384
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. Z9500 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {group-address groupaddress mask} [override] To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1385
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. The RP is chosen based on a longer prefix match for a group. The RP selection does not depend on dynamic or static RP assignments.
PAGE 1386
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1387
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally (using the ip multicast-lag-hashing command). PIM is supported on the portchannel interface.
PAGE 1388
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. 7.7.1.1 Introduced This command configures an expiration timer for all S.G entries, unless they are assigned to an Extended ACL.
PAGE 1389
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. This command is applicable to last hop routers on the shared tree towards the rendezvous point (RP).
PAGE 1390
If the PIM DR flood is not disabled (default setting): • Multicast traffic is transmitted on the egress port towards the PIM DR if the port is not the incoming interface. • Multicast traffic for an unknown group is sent on the port towards the PIM DR. When DR flooding is disabled, multicast traffic for an unknown group is dropped. show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router.
PAGE 1391
show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. Z9500 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] interface Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 1392
Field Description Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. The show ip pim interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
PAGE 1393
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found.
PAGE 1394
mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1395
show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1396
Example (#2) Dell#show ip pim snooping interface Interface Ver Nbr DR DR Count Prio Vlan 2 v2 3 1 165.87.32.2 show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping. Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping neighbor [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM-SM snooping discovered on a specified VLAN. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1397
Field Description • DR prio/Mode Example v2 = PIM version 2 Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode: • 1 = default Designated Router priority (use the ip pim dr-priority command) • DR = Designated Router • S = Sparse mode Dell#show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver Address 165.87.32.2 Vl 2 [Te 1/13 ] 00:04:03/00:01:42 v2 165.87.32.10 Vl 2 [Te 1/11 ] 00:00:46/00:01:29 v2 165.87.32.
PAGE 1398
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. The following describes the show ip pim snooping tib commands shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the PIM multicast snooping database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM multicast route table.
PAGE 1399
(*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.1, flags: J Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 RPF 165.87.32.2 00:00:01/00:02:59 TenGigabitEthernet 2/13 Upstream Port -/Dell#show ip pim snooping tib vlan 2 225.1.2.1 165.87.1.7 PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.
PAGE 1400
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1401
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1402
Field Example Description • F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/ source.
PAGE 1403
show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1404
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ipv6 pim tib – displays the IPv6 PIM tree information base (TIB) ipv6 pim bsr-border Invoke IPv6 PIM debugging.
PAGE 1405
• hello: to view the IPv6 PIM neighbor keepalive timer • joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) • register: to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1406
priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority value for Bootstrap election process. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1407
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the S6000. The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router. ipv6 pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an access list.
PAGE 1408
Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#ipv6 pim join-filter JOIN-FIL_ACL in Dell(conf-if-te-1/1)#ipv6 pim join-filter JOIN-FIL_ACL out ipv6 pim neighbor-filter Prevent the system from forming a PIM adjacency with a neighboring system. Syntax Parameters ipv6 pim neighbor-filter {access-list} access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1409
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1410
Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#permit ipv6 any any Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#exit ipv6 pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group. First-hop routers use this address to send register packets on behalf of the source multicast host. Syntax ipv6 pim rp-address address group-address group-address mask override To remove an RP address, use the no ipv6 pim re-address address groupaddress mask override command. Parameters address Enter the IPv6 RP address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 1411
Usage Information The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learned via BSR take priority over static RP addresses. Without the override option, the BSR-advertised RPs updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs. ipv6 pim rp-candidate Specify an interface as an RP candidate.
PAGE 1412
ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode on the interface. Syntax ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode, use the no ipv6 pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1413
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1414
This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 14::2, priority: 0, hash mask length: 126 Dell# show ipv6 pim interface Display IPv6 PIM enabled interfaces. Syntax show ipv6 pim interface Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1415
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on S6000.
PAGE 1416
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1417
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1418
PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) 38 The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1419
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. access_list_na me Enter the name of the access list. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1420
When you remove the SSM ACL, PIM SSM is supported for the default SSM range only. show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Exmaple 1420 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1421
IPv6 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv6 PIM-SM and IPv6 PIM-SSM. • clear ipv6 pim tib • debug ip pim • ipv6 pim dr-priority • ipv6 pim join-filter • ipv6 pim query-interval • ipv6 pim neighbor-filter • show ipv6 pim interface • show ipv6 pim neighbor • show ipv6 pim tib IPv6 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands This section describes the IPv6 PIM-SSM commands. ipv6 pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list.
PAGE 1422
When the ACL rules change, the ACL manager and PIM modules apply the new rules automatically. When you remove the SSM ACL, the default range is restored. When you configure the SSM range, the system supports SSM for the configured group range as well as the default SSM range. show ipv6 pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Syntax show ipv6 pim ssm-range Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example 1422 Version 9.5(0.
PAGE 1423
Policy-based Routing (PBR) 39 Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1424
Related Commands Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Z9500 Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command.
PAGE 1425
Usage Information You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules includes the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is to be redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop. Otherwise, the normal routing table is used to forward traffic. When a redirectgroup is applied to an interface and the next-hop is reachable, the rules are added into the PBR CAM region.
PAGE 1426
Version Description 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing.
PAGE 1427
• operator ack = acknowledgement • fin = finish (no more data from the user) • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt= less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the portcommand parameter.
PAGE 1428
mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] To remove this filter, use one of the following: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. You can also use the no redirect {ip-address | slot/port}| tunnel tunnel-id}[track ] {ip-protocol-number [bit] | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator] command.
PAGE 1429
destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for theport command parameter.) Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1430
To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 1 to 65535. permit Enter the keyword permit assign the sequence to the permit list. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1431
operator (OPTIONAL) For the TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt= less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command parameter.
PAGE 1432
show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show cam pbr {[interface interface] | linecard slot-number port-set number]} [summary] interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the name of the interface. linecard number Enter the keyword linecard then the slot number. The range is from 0 to 2 . port-set number Enter the keywords port-set then the port-pipe number. The port-pipe number is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 1433
00000 1 0.0.0.0/0 00000 1 0.0.0.0/0 00000 1 0.0.0.0/0 00000 1 0.0.0.0/0 00000 1 0.0.0.0/0 00000 1 0.0.0.0/0 Dell# Related Commands 100 IP 0x0 0 100 IP 0x0 0 100 IP 0x0 0 100 IP 0x0 0 100 IP 0x0 0 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:04:b7:14:25 Vl 0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:04:b7:14:26 Vl 0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:00:78:58:11 Vl 0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:04:b7:14:27 Vl 0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:04:b7:14:28 Vl 0 0.0.0.0/0 00:00:04:b7:14:29 Vl • ip redirect-group – applies a redirect group to an interface.
PAGE 1434
Vl 1002) Vl 1003) Vl 1004) Vl 1005) Vl 1006) Vl 1007) Vl 1008) Applied interfaces: Vl 100 Dell# 1434 , Next-hop reachable (via , Next-hop reachable (via , Next-hop reachable (via , Next-hop reachable (via , Next-hop reachable (via , Next-hop reachable (via Policy-based Routing (PBR)
PAGE 1435
40 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1436
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1437
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, Z9500, S6000-ON. show running-config monitor session — displays information about monitor configurations.
PAGE 1438
ttl_value IP TTL value of the ERSPAN traffic. The range is from 1 to 255. The default value is 255. drop Monitors only the dropped packets in the Ingress. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(0.
PAGE 1439
rate-limit Configure the rate-limit to limit the mirrored packets. Syntax rate-limit limit To remove the limit, use the no rate-limit limit command. Parameters limit Enter the rate-limit value. The range is from 0 to 40000 Megabits per second. Defaults 60 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1440
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1441
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1442
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1443
To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command. Parameters source interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1444
Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon- sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1444 Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the any parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.
PAGE 1445
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 41 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.
PAGE 1446
• Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. • Trunk port: A trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: – A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs.
PAGE 1447
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp — displays the ARP table. show interfaces private-vlan — displays the type and status of the PVLAN interfaces.
PAGE 1448
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1449
private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. Z9500 Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax. Parameters vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input.
PAGE 1450
switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show interfaces private-vlan [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to specify the port(s) for which you want to display PVLAN information. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2.
PAGE 1451
The following describes the show interfaces private-vlan command shown in the Examples below. Example (All) Field Description Interface Displays the type of interface and associated slot and port number. Vlan Displays the VLAN ID of the designated interface. PVLAN-Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the designated interface resides. Interface Type Displays the PVLAN port type of the designated interface. Status States whether the interface is operationally up or down.
PAGE 1452
community vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration for a community PVLAN. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to display the PVLAN configuration for a member interface. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2.
PAGE 1453
Example (All) Field Description Primary Displays the VLAN ID of the designated or associated primary VLAN(s). Secondary Displays the VLAN ID of the designated or associated secondary VLAN(s). Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the listed interfaces reside. Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down. Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN.
PAGE 1454
Primary : 10 Isolated : 30 Community : 20 Usage Information Note that if the VLAN ID you enter is a primary VLAN, the entire private VLAN output is displayed, as shown below. If the VLAN ID is a secondary VLAN, only its primary VLAN and secondary VLAN properties are displayed, as shown in the second Example below.
PAGE 1455
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1456
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 42 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1457
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1458
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. Z9500 Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1459
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1460
Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. Related Commands disable — disables PVST+. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1461
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1462
128.147 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Te 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/17 Desg 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1463
TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 of VLAN 2 is LBK_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 152, received 27562 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ----------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1464
spanning-tree pvst Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
PAGE 1465
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1466
Enabling Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port results in a port that remains in a Blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it. For example, when Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard are both configured: • If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port.
PAGE 1467
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Some non-Dell Networking systems which have hybrid ports participating in PVST+ transmit two kinds of BPDUs: an 802.1D BPDU and an untagged PVST+ BPDU. Dell Networking systems do not expect PVST+ BPDU on an untagged port. If this happens, the system places the port in the Error-Disable state. This behavior might result in the network not converging.
PAGE 1468
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+. This implementation helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, you can turn this knob command on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1469
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1470
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes.
PAGE 1471
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the forwarding state. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes.
PAGE 1472
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1473
Quality of Service (QoS) 43 The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command. qos-rate-adjust Enable QoS rate adjustment to include overhead fields in rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1474
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1475
POLICY-OUT mode supersedes the service-class bandwidth-percentage command. service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 1476
service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface (from INTERFACE mode) or on all interfaces (from CONFIGURATION mode). A CONFIGURATION mode entry supersedes an INTERFACE mode entry. Z9500 Syntax service-class dynamic dot1p To return to the default setting, use the no service-class dynamic dot1p command. Defaults Command Modes Command History All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command.
PAGE 1477
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the command to permit configuration on port channels. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command. By default, this facility is not enabled (that is, the 802.1p markings on incoming traffic are not honored).
PAGE 1478
number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15. This parameter applies only if you specify the green or yellow drop precedence. string Enter the WRED profile name. It is a string of up to 32 characters. Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_. This parameter applies only if you specify a weight factor.
PAGE 1479
Parameters service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policybased QoS or routing. wred Associate WRED with ECN to mark packets instead of dropping them.
PAGE 1480
packets in the queue is above the maximum threshold, packets are dropped based on the drop probability. This behavior is the identical treatment a packet receives when WRED is enabled without ECN configured on the router. Example Dell(conf)#service-class wred ecn 0, 3-5, 7 backplane service-pool wred Configure a global buffer pool that serves as a shared buffer accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for a queue are consumed.
PAGE 1481
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms. You can configure only service pools 0 and 1 because the Dell Networking OS uses only these two service pools. The service0 pool is used for lossy queues; the service1 pool is used for lossless (PFC) queues on all platforms.
PAGE 1482
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives.
PAGE 1483
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1484
Defaults Granularity for commited-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1485
rate Enter the outgoing rate in multiples of 10 Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 0 to 10000. The default is 50. Defaults Granularity for rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1486
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1487
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.1.9.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1488
cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create a class map to filter protocol traffic for rate-limiting control-plane traffic (CoPP). Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1489
match mac dot1p — configures a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. match mac vlan — configures a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. show qos class-map — views the current class map information.
PAGE 1490
Related Commands show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 1491
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). Z9500 Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip accessgroup access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters access-groupname Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class the class-map specifies.
PAGE 1492
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip dscp Use a differentiated services code point (DSCP) value as a match criteria. Z9500 Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} dscp dscp-list [set-ip-dscp value] To remove a DSCP value as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1493
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip dscp and match ip precedence commands are mutually exclusive.
PAGE 1494
set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1495
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vlan Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map. Z9500 Syntax match ip vlan vlan-id To remove VLAN as the match criterion, use the no match ip vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan and then the ID of the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1496
Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.
PAGE 1497
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
PAGE 1498
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (input/output) applied on an interface. Z9500 Syntax policy-aggregate qos-policy-name To remove a policy aggregate configuration, use the no policy-aggregate qos-policy-name command. Parameters qos-policyname Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum).
PAGE 1499
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. Z9500 Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-mapname [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1500
Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. policy-map-output Create an output policy map. Z9500 Syntax policy-map-output policy-map-name To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command.
PAGE 1501
policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface. qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. Z9500 Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policyinput qos-policy-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] command.
PAGE 1502
Usage Information To specify the name of the input QoS policy, use this command. After the input policy is specified, rate-police is defined. This command enables Qos-Policy-Input Configuration mode — (conf-qos-policy-in). When changing a Service-Queue configuration in a QoS policy map, all QoS rules are deleted and re-added automatically to ensure that the order of the rules is maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the show qos statistics command is reset.
PAGE 1503
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To specify the name of the output QoS policy, use this command. After the output policy is specified, rate-shape, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined. This command enables Qos-Policy-Output Configuration mode — (conf-qospolicy-out). Related Commands rate shape — rate-shape traffic functionality. bandwidth-percentage — assigns weight to the class/queue percentage. wred — assigns yellow or green drop precedence.
PAGE 1504
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The default burst size is 100Kb. If a different value is required, you must configure the burst size to the required value.
PAGE 1505
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1506
To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist. layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1507
service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no servicepolicy output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
PAGE 1508
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. Z9500 Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7 (eight data queues and eight control queues).
PAGE 1509
Usage Information There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value.
PAGE 1510
Usage Information After the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings. show qos class-map View the current class map information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1511
show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail [interface]} summary interface detail interface To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1512
Example (IPv4) Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1513
class classmap-name Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policyinput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.
PAGE 1514
7 Dell# c7 q7 show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policy-name] policy-mapname Enter the policy map name. qos-policyoutput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1515
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] qos-policyname Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1516
Parameters qos-policyname Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1517
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1518
Field (EF) Description Queue # Queue Number Queued Bytes Snapshot of the byte count in that queue. Queued Pkts Cumulative packet count in that queue. Matched Pkts The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched packet counters are not incremented in this field. Matched Bytes The number of bytes that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched byte counters are not incremented in this field.
PAGE 1519
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos wred-profile Wred-profile-name wred_drop wred_ge_y wred_ge_g wred_teng_y wred_teng_g WRED1 min-threshold 0 1024 2048 4096 8192 2000 max-threshold 0 2048 4096 8192 16384 7000 test cam-usage Verify CAM usage for an input policy-map configuration.
PAGE 1520
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface. An input policy map with both Trust and Class-map configuration, the Class-map rules are ignored and only the Trust rule is programmed in the CAM.
PAGE 1521
Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM| Status | | | |per Port | (Allowed ports) 0 0 L2ACL 500 200 Allowed (2) 0 1 L2ACL 100 200 Exception 1 0 L2ACL 1000 200 Allowed (5) 1 1 L2ACL 0 200 Exception … … … 13 1 L2ACL 400 200 Allowed (2) Dell# threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. Z9500 Syntax threshold min number max number To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command.
PAGE 1522
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To configure the minimum and maximum threshold values for user-defined profiles, use this command. Additionally, to modify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the pre-defined WRED profiles, use this command. If you delete the threshold values of the pre-defined WRED profiles, the profiles revert to their original default values.
PAGE 1523
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added dot1p to the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added dot1p and IPv6 DSCP. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1524
wred Configure a WRED profile for yellow or green traffic. Z9500 Syntax wred {yellow | green} profile-name To remove the WRED drop precedence, use the no wred {yellow | green} [profilename] command. Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic. A DSCP value of xxx100, xxx101, and xxx110 maps to yellow. Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum).
PAGE 1525
Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile and name that profile. trust — defines the dynamic classification to trust DSCP. wred weight Configure the weight factor used to determine the average-queue size for WRED and ECN operation. The weight value is used in an output QoS policy applied to a front-end or backplane port.
PAGE 1526
To stop marking packets, use the no wred ecn command. Defaults none Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 1527
Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults The five pre-defined WRED profiles. When you configure a new profile, the minimum and maximum threshold defaults to predefined wred_ge_g values.
PAGE 1528
available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red. Syntax dscp {yellow | red} [list-dscp-values] To remove a color policy map profile, use the no dscp {yellow | red} [dscp-list] command. Parameters Yellow Enter the yellow keyword.
PAGE 1529
• A DSCP value cannot be in both the yellow and red lists. Setting the red or yellow list with any DSCP value that is already in the other list results in an error and no update to that list is made. • Each color map can only have one list of DSCP values for each color; any DSCP values previously listed for that color that are not in the new DSCP list are colored green.
PAGE 1530
Example Dell(conf)#qos dscp-color-map mymap Related Commands qos dscp-color-map— associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map dscp— sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red. qos dscp-color-policy Associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map.
PAGE 1531
qos dscp-color-map— configures the DSCP color map. show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax Parameters show qos dscp-color-map map-name map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1532
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 44 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes.
PAGE 1533
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the system routing table. Z9500 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1534
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database.
PAGE 1535
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1536
default-metric Change the default metric for routes. To ensure that all redistributed routes use the same metric value, use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return the default metric to the original values, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Specify a number. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1537
description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the RIP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1538
distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command. Parameters weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 1539
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 512.
PAGE 1540
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [interface | bgp | connected | isis |ospf | static] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command.
PAGE 1541
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1542
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip split-horizon — sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes. ip rip receive version To receive specific versions of RIP, set the interface.
PAGE 1543
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface. version — sets the RIP version the switch software uses.
PAGE 1544
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic. version — sets the RIP version for the switch software.
PAGE 1545
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths.
PAGE 1546
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. Z9500 Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1547
network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1548
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. Z9500 Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
PAGE 1549
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface. Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor.
PAGE 1550
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1551
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces.
PAGE 1552
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic.
PAGE 1553
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1554
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 1555
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command. Example Dell(conf)#router rip Dell(conf-router_rip)# Related Commands network — enables RIP. exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration.
PAGE 1556
Example Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_rip)#show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip rip database [ip-address mask] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only.
PAGE 1557
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example. Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24... Lists the routes and the sources advertising those routes.
PAGE 1558
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1559
Defaults holddown Enter the number of seconds to specify a time interval during which the route is marked as unreachable but still sending RIP packets. The holddown value should be at least three times the update timer value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 180 seconds. flush Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval during which the route is advertised as unreachable. When this interval expires, the route is flushed from the routing table.
PAGE 1560
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. Z9500 Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. Defaults The system sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1561
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 45 Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1562
variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1563
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1564
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1565
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. Z9500 Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] [owner name] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] command.
PAGE 1566
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object.
PAGE 1567
there is no corresponding rising-threshold event, the value is zero. fallingthreshold value event-number Enter the keywords falling-threshold then the value (64 bit) the falling-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmFallingEventIndex or the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. If there is no corresponding falling-threshold event, the value is zero.
PAGE 1568
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1569
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1570
22 Dell# 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1571
Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon event br index description -----------------------------1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 Dell# show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry.
PAGE 1572
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
PAGE 1573
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1574
show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1575
4 Dell# 4 show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon statistics [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1576
over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 64bytes packets: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow
PAGE 1577
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 46 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
PAGE 1578
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1579
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1580
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1581
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Z9500 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command.
PAGE 1582
Related Commands hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Z9500 Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds.
PAGE 1583
Usage Information The hello time is encoded in BPDUs in increments of 1/256ths of a second. The standard minimum hello time in seconds is 1 second, which is encoded as 256. Millisecond hello times are encoded using values less than 256; the millisecond hello time equals (x/1000)*256. When you configure millisecond hellos, the default hello interval of 2 seconds is still used for edge ports; the millisecond hello interval is not used.
PAGE 1584
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command.
PAGE 1585
Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable Related Commands disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
PAGE 1586
show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1587
Example (Brief) Field Description Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), disabled (DIS), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Types of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard) Dell#show spanning-tree rstp brief Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 8192, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 4, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1588
Port 257 (TenGigabitEthernet 0/0) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1589
shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a value in increments of 16 as the priority. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128. loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on an RSTP port or port-channel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on an RSTP port or port-channel interface.
PAGE 1590
If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. You cannot enable STP root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message displays: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard.
PAGE 1591
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP.
PAGE 1592
Security 47 This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Obscure Password Command • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1593
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1594
role Changes command permissions for roles. Syntax role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command To delete access to a command, use the no role mode role-name Parameters mode Enter one of the following keywords as the mode for which you are controlling access: configure for CONFIGURATION mode exec for EXEC mode interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command.
PAGE 1595
Related Commands userrole show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax Parameters show role mode {mode} {command} command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. mode mode Enter keyword then one of the following modes.
PAGE 1596
show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1597
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch.
PAGE 1598
As with authentication and authorization, you must configure AAA Accounting by defining a named list of accounting methods, and then applying that list to various interfaces. aaa accounting Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function.
PAGE 1599
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1600
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. Z9500 Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1601
Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands {level | role role-name} Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list by enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands.
PAGE 1602
show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Z9500 Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1603
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1604
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1605
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS.
PAGE 1606
Usage Information By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands. Use the command no aaa authorization config-commands to enable only EXEClevel command checking. aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands.
PAGE 1607
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. Z9500 Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1608
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines.
PAGE 1609
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys. Syntax service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscurepasswords command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1610
encrypted string for that line of configuration. To verify that you have successfully obscured passwords and keys, use the show running-config command orshow startup-config command. If you are using role-based access control (RBAC), only the system administrator and security administrator roles can enable the service obscure-password command. Related Commands show running-config— Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values.
PAGE 1611
• ... method2 tacacs+: use the TACACS+ server(s) configured with the tacacs-server host command. (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method. Defaults Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1612
aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in). Z9500 Syntax aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [... method4] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} command. Parameters method-listname Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines.
PAGE 1613
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the locally configured username password is used.
PAGE 1614
access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). Z9500 Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1615
enable password Change the password for the enable command. Z9500 Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1616
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
PAGE 1617
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Only Dell Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1618
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1619
default Enter the keyword default to specify that the default method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, is applied to the terminal line. Defaults No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1620
password Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1621
password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password). Z9500 Syntax password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes][character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes] [characterrestriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command.
PAGE 1622
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1623
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security.
PAGE 1624
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 15 Dell# Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role.
PAGE 1625
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show userscommand shown in the following example. Field Description (untitled) Indicates with an asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using. Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use. User Displays the user name of all users logged in. Host(s) Displays the terminal line status.
PAGE 1626
• AUX: the range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). Defaults See the defaults settings shown in Parameters. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1627
nopassword Enter the keyword nopassword to specify that the user should not enter a password. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the password. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption-type or the password. encryptiontype Enter an encryption type for the password that you enter. • 0 directs the system to store the password as clear text. It is the default encryption type when using the password option.
PAGE 1628
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for the secret option and the MD5 password encryption. Extended the name from 25 to 63 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command. Related Commands password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines.
PAGE 1629
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. Z9500 Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command.
PAGE 1630
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped.
PAGE 1631
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host. Z9500 Syntax Parameters radius-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [auth-port port-number] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host.
PAGE 1632
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1633
radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Z9500 Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1634
If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable.
PAGE 1635
Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . Z9500 Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and when the system times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1636
TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1637
• For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1638
port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then a number as the port to be used by the TACACS+ server. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default is 49. timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout then the number of seconds the switch waits for a reply from the TACACS+ server. The range is from 0 to 1000. The default is 10 seconds. key key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key.
PAGE 1639
tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server. tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. Z9500 Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text.
PAGE 1640
Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 1641
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 1642
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
PAGE 1643
show dot1x interface — displays the 802.1X information on an interface. dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Z9500 Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1644
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.
PAGE 1645
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1646
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port.
PAGE 1647
Usage Information The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30.
PAGE 1648
Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour). Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1649
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out.
PAGE 1650
dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1651
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1652
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. Dell#show dot1x int Te 2/32 802.
PAGE 1653
Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048 if you did not enable FIPS mode; if you enabled FIPS mode, you can only generate a 2048-bit key. The default is 1024. NOTE: You must have a license to access the FIPS mode. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 then the key size to generate a SSHv1 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048. The default is 1024.
PAGE 1654
Host key already exists. Do you want to replace. [y/n] :y Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH server. show crypto — displays the SSH host public keys. crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location. Syntax crypto key zeroize rsa Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1655
Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1656
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure the switch as an SCP server, use the ip ssh server command. Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH and SCP server on the switch.
PAGE 1657
Usage Information This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication. SSH disconnects when the number of password failures exceeds authentication-retries. ip ssh connection-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip ssh connection-rate-limit 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum numbers of incoming SSH connections allowed per minute.
PAGE 1658
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbasedauthentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1659
Parameters 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768. Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1660
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1661
Usage Information This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once. The file contains the OpenSSH-compatible public keys of the host for which hostbased authentication is allowed.
PAGE 1662
Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. ip ssh rhostsfile Specify the rhost file used for host-based authorization.
PAGE 1663
Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once. This file contains hostnames and usernames, for which hosts and users, rhostauthentication can be allowed.
PAGE 1664
Usage Information Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication myauthorized-keys device://filename command). Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) — adds keys for RSA authentication. ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication.
PAGE 1665
flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/authorized-keys-username (where username is the user associated with this terminal). NOTE: The no form of this command deletes the file flash://ADMIN_DIR/ ssh/ authorized-keys-username file. Related Commands show ip ssh rsa-authentication — displays the RSA authorized keys. ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — enables RSA authentication. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. The SSH server is enabled by default.
PAGE 1666
mac hmacalgorithm • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication. The following HMAC algorithms are available: • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1-96 • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 When FIPS is enabled, the default HMAC algorithm is hmacsha1-96.
PAGE 1667
• diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22. [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • Default listening port is 22.
PAGE 1668
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22. Example Dell# conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh server port 45 Dell(conf)# ip ssh server enable Dell# Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections.
PAGE 1669
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Using these attributes the client session tags an error to the user during run time, in case there is a mismatch between this command and the ip ssh vrf command. Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.
PAGE 1670
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
PAGE 1671
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#sh ip ssh SSH server : SSH server version : Password Authentication : Hostbased Authentication : RSA Authentication : Vty Encryption HMAC 1 3des-cbc hmac-md5 2 3des-cbc hmac-md5 enabled. v1 and v2.
PAGE 1672
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/ knownhosts file. Example Dell#show ip ssh client-pub-keys poclab4,123.12.1.
PAGE 1673
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/ authorized-keys.username file.
PAGE 1674
hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the host name of the remote device. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 1675
-v {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -v then the SSH version 1 or 2. The default is the version from the protocol negotiation. Defaults As shown in the Parameters section. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.
PAGE 1676
-p -v SSH server port option (default 22) SSH protocol version Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -m hmac-sha1 Force ssh hmac-sha1-96 Force ssh hmac-md5 Force ssh hmac-md5-96 Force ssh ? to to to to use use use use hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm hmac-sha1-96 HMAC algorithm hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm hmac-md5-96 HMAC algorithm Dell#ssh vrf vrf1 10.10.10.
PAGE 1677
ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1678
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled.
PAGE 1679
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.
PAGE 1680
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Z9500 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1681
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1682
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1683
Related Commands Security Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1684
48 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1685
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1686
protocol-tunnel Enable protocol tunneling on a stacked (Q-in-Q) VLAN for specified protocol packets. Z9500 Syntax protocol-tunnel {rate-limit rate| stp} To disable protocol tunneling for a Layer 2 protocol, use the no protocoltunnel command. Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320.
PAGE 1687
protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value. Z9500 Syntax Parameters protocol-tunnel destination-mac xstp address stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value. Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1688
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1689
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and ESeries ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1000 Dell(conf)# Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs.
PAGE 1690
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1691
sFlow 49 sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1692
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Z9500 Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] command.
PAGE 1693
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
PAGE 1694
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.
PAGE 1695
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1696
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.
PAGE 1697
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level.
PAGE 1698
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval.
PAGE 1699
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface. Related Commands sflow polling-interval (Global) — globally sets the polling interval. sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate.
PAGE 1700
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate. You can configure an interface to use a different sampling rate than the global sampling rate.
PAGE 1701
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface.
PAGE 1702
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.
PAGE 1703
show sflow linecard Display sFlow information for a line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show sflow linecard slot-id slot number Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1704
Samples rcvd from h/w Total UDP packets exported UDP packets exported via RPM UDP packets dropped Dell# 1704 :0 :0 :0 :0 sFlow
PAGE 1705
50 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1706
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Z9500 Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1707
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Z9500 Syntax Command Modes Command History show snmp engineID • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1708
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1709
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1710
to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !----command run on Force10 switch:-----------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2.
PAGE 1711
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1712
guestuser Dell(conf)# Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols.
PAGE 1713
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command. Parameters notificationtype notificationoption Enter the type of notification from the following list: • bgp — Enable notification of changes in the BGP process.
PAGE 1714
• temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: • authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1715
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udpport port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udp-port port-number engineID] command. Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device.
PAGE 1716
Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects. A user’s password (entered on the command line) is converted to a message digest algorithm (MD5) or secure hash algorithm (SHA) security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local Engine ID. The command line password is then destroyed, as required by RFC 2274.
PAGE 1717
The default is 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. read name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword read then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the read view name.
PAGE 1718
Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server group harig 3 priv read rview Dell# Related Commands show snmp group — displays the group name, security model, view status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1719
• Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is version 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet.
PAGE 1720
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1721
NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmpserver host command. Configuring Informs To send an inform, use the following steps: Related Commands 1. Configure a remote engine ID. 2. Configure a remote user. 3. Configure a group for this user with access rights.
PAGE 1722
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Dell(conf)#snmp-server location MAA_LAB Dell(conf)#do show running-config snmp ! snmp-server community public ro snmp-server location MAA_LAB Related Commands show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted.
PAGE 1723
snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1724
Related Commands snmp-server community — sets the community string. snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1725
encrypted (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword encrypted to specify the password appear in encrypted format (a series of digits, masking the true characters of the string). auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level.
PAGE 1726
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exists. If you forget a password, you cannot recover it; the user must be reconfigured.
PAGE 1727
To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oidtree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view.
PAGE 1728
snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. Z9500 Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1729
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1730
default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer. Z9500 Syntax default logging buffered Defaults size = 40960; level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1731
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal.
PAGE 1732
default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. Z9500 Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1733
hostname Enter the name of a host already configured and recognized by the switch. udp Enter the keyword udp to enable transmission of log message over UDP followed by port number. The default port is 514 tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable transmission of log message over TCP followed by port number. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1734
logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer. By default, all messages are logged to the internal buffer. Z9500 Syntax logging buffered [level] [size] To return to the default values, use the default logging buffered command. To disable logging stored to an internal buffer, use the no logging buffered command.
PAGE 1735
Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console. Z9500 Syntax logging console [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging console command. To disable logging to the console, use the no logging console command.
PAGE 1736
default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging extended Logs security and audit events to a system log server. Syntax logging extended Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1737
logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. Z9500 Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1738
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1739
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer.
PAGE 1740
Usage Information When the number of messages reach the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. Z9500 Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command.
PAGE 1741
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1742
logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. Z9500 Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 1743
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router. By configuring the logging source-interface command, the Syslog packets contain the IP address of the interface configured. Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server. logging synchronous Synchronize unsolicited messages and output.
PAGE 1744
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you enable logging synchronous, unsolicited messages appear between software prompts and outputs. Only the messages with a severity at or below the set level are sent to the console.
PAGE 1745
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands logging — enables the logging to another device.
PAGE 1746
Example Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show logging [number | history [reverse][number] | reverse [number] | summary] number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1747
(40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 172.16.1.162 Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Feb 18 01:17:32: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 01:17:31: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_DN: Changed interface Admin state to down: Fo 2/0 Feb 18 01:17:24: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1748
Example (History) Dell#show logging history Syslog History Table: 1 maximum table entries, saving level warnings or higher SNMP notifications not Enabled Feb 18 01:16:57: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-3AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1749
linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card ports for which you want to display the driver log. The range of line-card slot IDs is from 0 to 2. defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1750
9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ Usage Information 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:28 isfanout:0 35]SS DRV DEBUG: port:32 isfanout:0 This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. show logging kernellog Display the kernel log for the specified hardware component.
PAGE 1751
failed addr=0x20 cmd_reg=0xf rv=5 00:00:43:418634:PCI unit 0: Dev 0xb852, BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418655:PCI unit 1: Dev 0xb852, BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418671:PCI unit 2: Dev 0xb852, BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418687:PCI unit 3: Dev 0xb852, BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418702:PCI unit 4: Dev 0xb852, BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418718:PCI unit 5: Dev 0xb852, BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418732:PCI unit 6: Dev 0xb636, BCM566
PAGE 1752
1d 02:26:50:179846:qsfp-6 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 24 1d 02:26:50:187498:qsfp-7 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 23 1d 02:26:50:202989:qsfp-11 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 18 1d 02:28:50:440146:qsfp-0 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 17 1d 02:28:50:447933:qsfp-1 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 16 1d 02:28:50:455505:qsfp-2 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 15 1d 02:28:50:463233:qsfp-3 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 14 1d 02:2
PAGE 1753
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1754
51 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating system. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1755
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OI
PAGE 1756
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temper
PAGE 1757
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst: %d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold.
PAGE 1758
Storm Control 52 The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported). • An INTERFACE-level command only supports storm control configuration on ingress.
PAGE 1759
Parameters interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1760
• Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1761
• Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 1762
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1763
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1764
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter. It is possible, however, that some multicast control traffic may get dropped when storm control thresholds are exceeded.
PAGE 1765
storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Z9500 Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] To disable storm control for unknown-unicast traffic, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1766
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Z9500 Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no stormcontrol unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wredprofile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1767
Storm Control Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1768
53 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [xstp | gvrp] provider-bridgegroup xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs.
PAGE 1769
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1770
debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp.
PAGE 1771
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified. Related Commands protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. description Enter a description of the spanning tree.
PAGE 1772
disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1773
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the system waits before transitioning STP to the Forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1774
Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1775
Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1776
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1777
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-stp)#show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable Dell(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group.
PAGE 1778
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to only the number of ports in the spanning tree group and their state. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1778 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1779
Example Field Description “Timers” Lists the values for the following bridge timers: hold time, topology change, hello time, max age, and forward delay. “Times” List the number of seconds since the last: • hello time • topology change • notification • aging “Port 1...” Displays the Interface type slot/port information and the status of the interface (Disabled or Enabled). “Port path...” Displays the path cost, priority, and identifier for the interface. “Designated root...
PAGE 1780
Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.28 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.28, designated path cost 0 Timers: message age 0, forward_delay 0, hold 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU: sent:31, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show span 0 brief Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768 Address 0001.
PAGE 1781
spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface. Z9500 Syntax spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} To disable Spanning Tree group on an interface, use the no spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority} command.
PAGE 1782
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the shutdown-on-violation option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1783
System Time and Date 54 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clock set Set the software clock in the switch.
PAGE 1784
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up. The clock restarts, based on the hardware clock, when the switch reboots.
PAGE 1785
start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is from 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes.
PAGE 1786
clock summer-time recurring Set the software clock to convert to daylight saving time on a specific day each year. Z9500 Syntax clock summer-time time-zone recurring [start-week start-day start-month start-time end-week end-day end-month end-time [offset]] To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters.
PAGE 1787
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to 1440. The default is 60 minutes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1788
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Z9500 Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezonename Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. • a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1789
debug ntp Display network time protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. Z9500 Syntax debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command. Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments.
PAGE 1790
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. Z9500 Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1791
ntp authentication-key Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ntp authentication-key number md5 [0 | 7] key number Specify a number for the authentication key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command. md5 Specify that the authentication key is encrypted using MD5 encryption algorithm. 0 Specify that authentication key is entered in an unencrypted format (default).
PAGE 1792
The Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.0 and later use an encryption algorithm to store the authentication key that is different from previous versions; beginning in version 8.2.1.0, the system uses DES encryption to store the key in the startupconfig when you enter the ntp authentication-key command. Therefore, if your system boots with a startup-configuration from a version prior to 8.2.1.
PAGE 1793
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1794
• 224.0.1.1 is configured if the interface address is IPv4 • ff05::101 is configured if the interface address is IPv6 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1795
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ntp server {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [key keyid] [prefer] [version number] ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). hostname Enter the hostname of the server. key keyid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key and a number as the NTP peer key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1796
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure multiple time-serving hosts (up to 250). From these timeserving hosts, the system chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize. To determine which server was selected, use the show ntp associations command. Because many polls to NTP hosts can impact network performance, Dell Networking recommends limiting the number of hosts configured.
PAGE 1797
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp trusted-key Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP synchronizes.
PAGE 1798
Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command. If you change the ntp authentication-key command, you must also change the ntp trusted-key command. Related Commands ntp authentication-key — sets an authentication key for NTP. ntp authenticate — enables the NTP authentication parameters you set. show clock Display the current clock settings.
PAGE 1799
Example (Detail) Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 Dell# Related Commands clock summer-time recurring — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers. Z9500 Syntax show ntp associations Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1800
Field Description • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer. • + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. • - means the peer is a candidate for selection. • ~ means the peer is statically configured. remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer. ref clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer’s reference clock. st Displays the peer’s stratum, that is, the number of hops away from the external time source.
PAGE 1801
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1802
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...
PAGE 1803
55 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and specify the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Z9500 Syntax ip unnumbered {interface-type slot/port} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command. If the tunnel was previously operational, the tunnel interface remains operationally down until you also configure the tunnel IPv6 address.
PAGE 1804
NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface status is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from the address family. ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and specify the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1805
tunnel allow-remote Configure the remote IPv4 or IPv6 addresses whose tunneled packets are accepted for decapsulation. If you do not configure an allow-remote address, tunneled packets from all remote peer addresses are accepted. Z9500 Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry, enter the no tunnel allow-remote command and specify a configured IPv4/IPv6 address and mask value.
PAGE 1806
tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ipaddress | ipv6–address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel. ipv6–address Enter the destination IPv6 address for the tunnel. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1807
value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value of 0 denotes mapping of original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. Defaults 0 (Mapped) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1808
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header. tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header. Syntax tunnel hop-limit value To restore the default tunnel hop-limit, use the no tunnel hop-limit command.
PAGE 1809
tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts. Syntax tunnel keepalive {ip-address | ipv6-address}[interval {seconds}] [attempts {count | unlimited}] To disable the tunnel keepalive probes use the no tunnel keepalive command. Parameters ip-address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the peer to which the keepalive probes will be sent.
PAGE 1810
into a keepalive down state that does not clear in a few seconds, then performing shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. . Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip}[decapsulate-any] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel.
PAGE 1811
Configuration of IPv6 commands over decapsulate-any tunnel causes an error. tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-typenumber | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1812
allows the multipoint receive-only tunnel to decapsulate tunnel packets addressed to any IPv4 or IPv6 (depending on the tunnel mode) address configured on the switch that is operationally Up.
PAGE 1813
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 56 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
PAGE 1814
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1815
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters description text text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 1816
downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. Z9500 Syntax downstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 1817
You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplinkstate group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both. Related Commands • upstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface.
PAGE 1818
• uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. Z9500 Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024.
PAGE 1819
Related Commands • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group. Z9500 Syntax enable To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command. Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group.
PAGE 1820
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1821
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1822
1/5(Up) Te 1/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/0(Dwn) Te 0/3(Dwn) Te 0/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 1/2(Dis) Te 1/4(Dis) Te 1/11(Dis) Te 1/12(Dis) Te 1/13(Dis) Te 1/14(Dis) Te 1/15(Dis) Uplink State Group : 6 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn) Downstrea
PAGE 1823
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter Uplink-State-Group Configuration mode. An uplink-state group is considered to be operationally up if at least one upstream interface in the group is in the Link-Up state.
PAGE 1824
• 40-Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE {slot/port | slot/port-range} • Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | portchannel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: tengigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 portchannel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and port-range entry. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1825
VLAN Stacking 57 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1826
member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. Z9500 Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1827
peer-domain-link port-channel exclude-vlan Configure proxy-gateway LLDP, specify a port-channel and a VLAN or range of VLANs, and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] peer-domain-link port-channel interface-identifier exclude-vlan vlan-range port-channel Configure the proxy-gateway interface port-channel. Port channel range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1828
vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack access To remove access port designation, use the no vlan-stack access command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1829
To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1830
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. Z9500 Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1831
You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100. Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1832
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlanstack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1833
In Example 1, a VLAN-Stack trunk port is configured and then also made part of a single-tagged VLAN. In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848. The “Te 2/10” port is configured to act as a VLAN-Stack access port, while the “Te 1/0” port acts as a VLAN-Stack trunk port, switching stackable VLAN traffic for VLAN 10, while also switching untagged traffic for VLAN 30 and tagged traffic for VLAN 40.
PAGE 1834
Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# tagged port-channel Specify tagged VLAN ports.
PAGE 1835
untagged port-channel Specify un-tagged VLAN ports. Z9500 Syntax untagged port-channel port-channel-number To remove un-tagged VLAN ports, use the no untagged port-channel portchannel-number command. Parameters port-channelnumber Enter the port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 512. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1836
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 58 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. ip vrf Creates a customer VRF. Syntax ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] To delete a customer VRF, use the no ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] command. Parameters vrf-name Enter the name of the VRF that you want to create. management Use this keyword when you want to create the management VRF.
PAGE 1837
creating a management VRF. For other types of VRFs, VRF ID is an optional parameter. All values in the valid range that are not already taken are allowed. ip http vrf Configures an HTTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the HTTP server. Z9500 Syntax ip http vrf {management | vrf-name} To undo the HTTP client configuration, use the ip http vrf command. Parameters management Enter the keyword management for configuring the management VRF that uses an HTTP client.
PAGE 1838
To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1839
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Use this command to attach an interface to a configured VRF. You can attach an interface to either a non-default VRF or a management VRF. To assign a port-back to a default VRF, remove VRF association from the interface. You can use this only if there is no IP address configured on the interface.
PAGE 1840
Parameters route-export Enter the keyword to leak or share routes between VRFs. tag Enter a tag (export route target) to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. You can use this identifier while importing these routes into another non-default VRF. route-mapname (Optional) Enter the name of the route-map to filter the exported routes. You can leak global routes to be made available to VRFs.
PAGE 1841
ip route-import Imports IPv4 routes that are leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes. Syntax Parameters ip route-import tag [route-map—name] route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF. To import leaked routes from another VRF, you must use the same ASN number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF.
PAGE 1842
ipv6 route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs. Exports or shares IPv6 routes corresponding to one VRF with other non-default VRFs. Syntax Parameters ipv6 route-export tag [route-map-name] route-export Enter the keyword route-export to leak or share routes between VRFs. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) as the export route target to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. You can use this identifier while importing these routes into another non-default VRF.
PAGE 1843
filtering options to match BGP, the BGP route is not leaked as that route is not active in the Source VRF. Related Commands ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. ipv6 route-import Imports IPv6 routes that are leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes. Syntax Parameters ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF.
PAGE 1844
The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored. Related Commands ipv6 route-export – exports IPv6 routes to another VRF. match source-protocol Enables you to specify matching criteria while exporting or importing routes. Syntax Parameters match source-protocol {bgp | isis | ospf | connected | static} bgp Enter the keyword bgp to leak or share routes corresponding to the BGP protocol.
PAGE 1845
Related Commands ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. redistribute Redistributes leaked or exported routes corresponding to specific protocols. Syntax Parameters redistribute {imported-bgp | import-ospf | import-isis} imported-bgp Enter the keyword imported-bgp to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the BGP protocol. imported-ospf Enter the keyword imported-ospf to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the OSPF protocol.
PAGE 1846
Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 1847
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series.
PAGE 1848
Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Nu 0, 0/0, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 5/0, 6/0, 7/0, 8/0, 9/0, 10/0, 11/0, Vl 1 Te 0/14,16-17 Te 0/15 test1 test2 management 1 2 64 FTOS#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show run vrf vrf-name vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF..
PAGE 1849
Example Dell#show run vrf test3 ! ip vrf test3 description "Banking Customer Chennai" Related Commands Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 1849
PAGE 1850
59 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1851
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1852
ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1853
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1854
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Parameter Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, S6000, S5000, Z9000, S6000–ON and Z9500. Enter the value (in seconds) to specify the time interval for delay restore timer to abort.
PAGE 1855
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. LACP on the VLT ports (on a VLT switch or access device), which are members of the virtual link trunk, is not brought up until the VLT domain is recognized on the access device.
PAGE 1856
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1857
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan parameter.
PAGE 1858
peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/IPV4. If not configured, peer-routing will not be disabled at all even though the peer is unavailable. Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is infinity.
PAGE 1859
Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1860
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The version shown in the show vlt brief output command displays the VLT version number which is different from the Dell Networking OS version number. VLT version numbers are begin with odd numbers such as 3 or 5.
PAGE 1861
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell_VLTpeer1# show vlt backup-link VLT Backup Link ----------------Destination: Peer HeartBeat status: HeartBeat Timer Interval: HeartBeat Timeout: UDP Port: HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: 10.11.200.18 Up 1 3 34998 1026 1025 show vlt counters Displays the counter information.
PAGE 1862
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
PAGE 1863
show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1864
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route --------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) (*, 225.1.1.
PAGE 1865
Example Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain ------Parameters Local -------------Unit-ID 0 Peer ----1 Vlan-config -----------Vlan-ID Local Mode ---------------100 Peer Mode --------- -- L3 Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status ------------------4094 Peer Status ----------- Active Inactive Dell# Example for Qin-Q implementatio n over VLT Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain -----Parameters Local -------------PB for stp Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config -------------
PAGE 1866
--------128 -------128 ----------4094 ---------100 Dell# show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1867
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1868
show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured.
PAGE 1869
HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: ICL Hello's Sent: ICL Hello's Received: Domain Mismatch Errors: Version Mismatch Errors: Config Mismatch Errors: 930 909 927 910 0 0 0 VLT MAC Statistics ---------------L2 Info Pkts sent:6, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Sent:0 L2 Info Pkts Rcvd:3, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Rcvd:2 L2 Reg Request sent:1 L2 Reg Request rcvd:2 L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IG
PAGE 1870
show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.
PAGE 1871
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1872
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch.
PAGE 1873
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch.
PAGE 1874
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only.
PAGE 1875
VLT Proxy Gateway 60 You can configure a proxy gateway in VLT domains. A proxy gateway enables you to locally route the packets that are destined to a L3 endpoint in another VLT domain. proxy-gateway lldp Configure the LLDP proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1876
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway lldp proxy-gateway static Configure the VLT static proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is made, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 application.
PAGE 1877
mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes Command History VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1878
vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes Command History VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1879
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information In a square VLT topology with only one link connecting remote peers, a node must stop sending its VLT peer MAC address ("vlt-peer-mac transmit" enabled) when the VLT peer is down. If you configure this time out interval, it will keep sending its peer's MAC address until the timer expires.
PAGE 1880
show vlt-proxy-gateway Display the VLT proxy gateway configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes show vlt-proxy-gateway info {lldp | static} lldp Display details about the LLDP VLT proxy gateway configuration static Display details about the static VLT proxy gateway configuration EXEC EXEC Privilege EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1881
--------------Po 55 00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 learnt via port-channel 55 Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 VLT Proxy Gateway -----------3,7-8 << Macs 3,7-8 1881
PAGE 1882
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 61 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system on Dell Networking OS. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Z9500 Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1883
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for centisecs on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command.
PAGE 1884
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1885
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. debug vrrp Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 1886
interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes.. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes. timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1887
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1888
Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands virtual-address — specifies the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables.
PAGE 1889
Usage Information If a switch is a MASTER and you change the hold timer, disable and re-enable VRRP for the new hold timer value to take effect. Related Commands disable — disables a VRRP group. preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, permit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Z9500 Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router).
PAGE 1890
Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority. Enter 255 only if the router’s virtual address is the same as the interface’s primary IP address (that is, the router is the OWNER). The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 100. Defaults 100 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1891
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1892
ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to view only VRRP IPv6 groups. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1893
Item Description • NA/IF (the interface is not available). • MASTER (the interface associated with the MASTER router). • BACKUP (the interface associated with the BACKUP router). Master addr Displays the IP address of the MASTER router. Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface.
PAGE 1894
Item Example 1894 Description • Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. • Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is, the authentication type and the password are listed.
PAGE 1895
version Set VRRP protocol version for IPv4 group. Syntax version {2 | 3 | both} To return to the default setting, use the no version command. Parameters 2 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 3 as defined in RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy. both Enter the both keyword for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3.
PAGE 1896
Dell(conf-if-te-0/0-vrid-100)#version 3 virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [... ip-address12] To delete one or more virtual IP addresses, use the no virtual-address ipaddress1 [... ip-address12] command. Parameters ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1897
Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with the same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255.
PAGE 1898
• Related Command When an interface comes up, whether as part of a system reload or an interface reload, the system waits 300 seconds (5 minutes) to bring up VRRP on that interface. vrrp delay reload — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. Z9500 Syntax Parameters vrrp delay reload seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay).
PAGE 1899
Related Command vrrp delay minimum — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a line card reboot. vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters vrrp-group vrrp-id vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1900
IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands. • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • debug vrrp ipv6 • show vrrp ipv6 • vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups.
PAGE 1901
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug vrrp ipv6 Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 1902
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series.
PAGE 1903
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.
PAGE 1904
Line Beginning with Description • Example Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states... Displays information on the tracked interfaces or objects configured for a VRRP group (track command), including: • UP or DOWN state of the tracked interface or object (Up or Dn).
PAGE 1905
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.